mirror of
https://github.com/zoriya/vim.git
synced 2025-12-24 16:15:21 +00:00
Compare commits
761 Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
|
ee695f787a | ||
|
|
cf25fdb8f1 | ||
|
|
4c38d66d25 | ||
|
|
7cba71d7e3 | ||
|
|
edf634e0f1 | ||
|
|
abb71fbd39 | ||
|
|
472472898a | ||
|
|
86f2cd5bc5 | ||
|
|
796aa9c804 | ||
|
|
bc8801c931 | ||
|
|
bc7ce675b2 | ||
|
|
8dd3a43d75 | ||
|
|
ba96e9af38 | ||
|
|
acadbeabe1 | ||
|
|
0588d4f9d2 | ||
|
|
2d3d60a7d4 | ||
|
|
437bafe4c8 | ||
|
|
5801644819 | ||
|
|
89eaa4185e | ||
|
|
b54c3ff317 | ||
|
|
fc1f2015e8 | ||
|
|
31440a1f2b | ||
|
|
57e69ff2cc | ||
|
|
623e263ffb | ||
|
|
3ab14355ed | ||
|
|
1e2258297b | ||
|
|
3bcfca3ab4 | ||
|
|
90d121fa36 | ||
|
|
b20617b0b0 | ||
|
|
a5c0cc1133 | ||
|
|
623cf88f9c | ||
|
|
42093c0ec5 | ||
|
|
b822cb0f93 | ||
|
|
9532fe7fbe | ||
|
|
10ce39a0d5 | ||
|
|
1e96d9bf98 | ||
|
|
83a2a80d6f | ||
|
|
f2c4c39119 | ||
|
|
c73e4474b1 | ||
|
|
b9a46fec3e | ||
|
|
d05b191b91 | ||
|
|
170b10b421 | ||
|
|
b56195ed00 | ||
|
|
471a897569 | ||
|
|
8c08b5b569 | ||
|
|
eac784eced | ||
|
|
ad9c2a08f0 | ||
|
|
adfc5c2f9c | ||
|
|
d955a0971c | ||
|
|
ac77aec4da | ||
|
|
eec2981bbe | ||
|
|
97baee80f0 | ||
|
|
e99e84497b | ||
|
|
45a249513f | ||
|
|
2932359000 | ||
|
|
6835dc61ae | ||
|
|
73ac0c4281 | ||
|
|
6f1d9a096b | ||
|
|
00b24be454 | ||
|
|
d4f31dc454 | ||
|
|
b49edc11a1 | ||
|
|
61c04493b0 | ||
|
|
4658228262 | ||
|
|
a58c58b7e1 | ||
|
|
870b749ce1 | ||
|
|
2e45d21c81 | ||
|
|
df48fb456f | ||
|
|
36edf0685c | ||
|
|
f36213597d | ||
|
|
e25bc5abb4 | ||
|
|
ac105ed3c4 | ||
|
|
dfd63e30d1 | ||
|
|
6008433381 | ||
|
|
19df5cc04d | ||
|
|
397eadbe25 | ||
|
|
c1542744e7 | ||
|
|
b869c0da31 | ||
|
|
53bdec2ac9 | ||
|
|
ca8942c6e3 | ||
|
|
12c11d5530 | ||
|
|
4f0383bc3f | ||
|
|
c917da4b3e | ||
|
|
0a0f641b98 | ||
|
|
68015bbd84 | ||
|
|
72ab729c3d | ||
|
|
f562e72df7 | ||
|
|
6cfdb2a3ba | ||
|
|
9ccfebddc3 | ||
|
|
b9644433d2 | ||
|
|
16ec3c9be3 | ||
|
|
c1fb763184 | ||
|
|
69aa099641 | ||
|
|
4f5c5f2980 | ||
|
|
73dad1e64c | ||
|
|
840268400d | ||
|
|
e87e6dddc2 | ||
|
|
a9093fe094 | ||
|
|
6583c44857 | ||
|
|
a9b579f3d7 | ||
|
|
da861d631d | ||
|
|
1abc52c159 | ||
|
|
cd52459c38 | ||
|
|
42ebd06642 | ||
|
|
2cb70a2744 | ||
|
|
b2b050ab16 | ||
|
|
87776a1ac1 | ||
|
|
8de7465d77 | ||
|
|
1a9f947cde | ||
|
|
8211fcbdc9 | ||
|
|
e21d62435e | ||
|
|
c3e539fa70 | ||
|
|
502ae4ba63 | ||
|
|
015102e91e | ||
|
|
f6acffbe83 | ||
|
|
a06ecab7a5 | ||
|
|
bfafb4c4a0 | ||
|
|
269f595f9e | ||
|
|
e0d3797664 | ||
|
|
5ef2e76284 | ||
|
|
069c1e7fa9 | ||
|
|
93431df9eb | ||
|
|
fdadad994a | ||
|
|
603d657219 | ||
|
|
a6aa78a3e3 | ||
|
|
321efdd77a | ||
|
|
9280e3f95d | ||
|
|
7399895520 | ||
|
|
480778b805 | ||
|
|
da4127794a | ||
|
|
f62e797ffa | ||
|
|
6d20e17544 | ||
|
|
3e946fdc7b | ||
|
|
89b10421ca | ||
|
|
e048539195 | ||
|
|
38ee6b041e | ||
|
|
5498a41f5a | ||
|
|
4c06815c44 | ||
|
|
1436d8d51c | ||
|
|
da3a77d9ec | ||
|
|
7c0a2f367f | ||
|
|
ea3f2e7be4 | ||
|
|
25065ec375 | ||
|
|
19ff9bf454 | ||
|
|
453f37dbfd | ||
|
|
c4a927ca8d | ||
|
|
b25f9a97e9 | ||
|
|
8240433f48 | ||
|
|
2bc127f940 | ||
|
|
5c71994f4e | ||
|
|
32b808a4bd | ||
|
|
67081e5061 | ||
|
|
063b9d15ab | ||
|
|
0d3e24be56 | ||
|
|
aa4d73235b | ||
|
|
537ef08408 | ||
|
|
ed59aa60d3 | ||
|
|
79815f1ec7 | ||
|
|
fc4ad61607 | ||
|
|
30445cb6e9 | ||
|
|
ee1deb4a00 | ||
|
|
65549bdef5 | ||
|
|
144445d15f | ||
|
|
a06ec8f345 | ||
|
|
ba768495c2 | ||
|
|
245a7cb6d3 | ||
|
|
bc5d6dd1dd | ||
|
|
bf2cc5f36d | ||
|
|
dcb1700186 | ||
|
|
1e5e1231ac | ||
|
|
9d5d3c9c44 | ||
|
|
05e418d436 | ||
|
|
6bb450145e | ||
|
|
e381d3d5e0 | ||
|
|
00efded106 | ||
|
|
80632db65e | ||
|
|
b33c7eb5b8 | ||
|
|
ab9c89b68d | ||
|
|
dec85cf750 | ||
|
|
fef524bbff | ||
|
|
3b98b83001 | ||
|
|
e18dbe865d | ||
|
|
0fcc7c6dd1 | ||
|
|
75464dc434 | ||
|
|
951fa1819a | ||
|
|
ee2615af64 | ||
|
|
361c8f0e51 | ||
|
|
2acfbed9db | ||
|
|
c5af40ae64 | ||
|
|
bde9810d61 | ||
|
|
22fcfad292 | ||
|
|
8767f52fbf | ||
|
|
4a6c670b84 | ||
|
|
4c5717ed8a | ||
|
|
40de45664c | ||
|
|
e8fea0728a | ||
|
|
70e136e1d8 | ||
|
|
24cf233ef9 | ||
|
|
1d90a5a5af | ||
|
|
6747fabc73 | ||
|
|
bcf7772a23 | ||
|
|
adb78a77eb | ||
|
|
688e3d1fd9 | ||
|
|
97ff9b9cff | ||
|
|
52df117df7 | ||
|
|
00672e1d3f | ||
|
|
04e2b4b0c4 | ||
|
|
aad30bbcde | ||
|
|
eeb50ab522 | ||
|
|
7b61bf187a | ||
|
|
5d2ca04029 | ||
|
|
f4fba6dcd5 | ||
|
|
d388d2ac8b | ||
|
|
802a0d902f | ||
|
|
049cba9e97 | ||
|
|
b12e7ef956 | ||
|
|
85babd6db6 | ||
|
|
f50df3925b | ||
|
|
38df43bd13 | ||
|
|
ad5ca9bc1e | ||
|
|
ecefe71704 | ||
|
|
cf2d77987c | ||
|
|
ddf8d1c746 | ||
|
|
b5b95750a6 | ||
|
|
678e480529 | ||
|
|
d18f672fc9 | ||
|
|
a02a551e18 | ||
|
|
3ef5bf7d45 | ||
|
|
23c60f21b0 | ||
|
|
28607ba2b8 | ||
|
|
36f0f0686c | ||
|
|
ab47c61f46 | ||
|
|
67e3720a9d | ||
|
|
bee666f239 | ||
|
|
9bd3186052 | ||
|
|
72e697d189 | ||
|
|
ece74ab103 | ||
|
|
a641e1d4da | ||
|
|
bf2c0ee0b2 | ||
|
|
2016ae586b | ||
|
|
76ae22fef3 | ||
|
|
5b7d177e89 | ||
|
|
a890f5e348 | ||
|
|
c95a302a4c | ||
|
|
2d35899721 | ||
|
|
cf08946349 | ||
|
|
ae3150ec8d | ||
|
|
06469e979f | ||
|
|
724f2edf75 | ||
|
|
e80ff7448d | ||
|
|
46bbb0c4ba | ||
|
|
62f8b4e180 | ||
|
|
012270936c | ||
|
|
b8aefa46ad | ||
|
|
2a67ed83a8 | ||
|
|
e429e70f05 | ||
|
|
1610d05241 | ||
|
|
1cee693b31 | ||
|
|
1fd99c1ca8 | ||
|
|
abc70bbf36 | ||
|
|
945ec093cd | ||
|
|
5ce4a0b96a | ||
|
|
1d5f1d07ae | ||
|
|
5f1032d2a5 | ||
|
|
fdd82fe365 | ||
|
|
c60954b48e | ||
|
|
45d2eeaad6 | ||
|
|
bbe8d91e69 | ||
|
|
762f175437 | ||
|
|
28b942a064 | ||
|
|
8e31fd52ec | ||
|
|
63a60ded3f | ||
|
|
fd89d7ea81 | ||
|
|
82af8710bf | ||
|
|
82faa259cc | ||
|
|
888ccac890 | ||
|
|
511972d810 | ||
|
|
b3619a90ea | ||
|
|
c9721bdc63 | ||
|
|
9ed96efb3d | ||
|
|
703a8044b5 | ||
|
|
35d88f4e2f | ||
|
|
76b6dfe54b | ||
|
|
e30a3d01dc | ||
|
|
cda7764d8e | ||
|
|
1aa07bdead | ||
|
|
2f095a4bc4 | ||
|
|
ea0345901c | ||
|
|
b37662a0fb | ||
|
|
83e6d7ac6a | ||
|
|
76929af431 | ||
|
|
e38a2f7ebd | ||
|
|
cf7c11a947 | ||
|
|
01d46e41ba | ||
|
|
a0055ad3a7 | ||
|
|
8e759ba865 | ||
|
|
ae3f33040b | ||
|
|
4231da403e | ||
|
|
c4bc0e6542 | ||
|
|
864293abb7 | ||
|
|
dec6c7beda | ||
|
|
cf190c6f01 | ||
|
|
b89a25f17e | ||
|
|
3c809343c7 | ||
|
|
a96732150c | ||
|
|
9ad73239c2 | ||
|
|
22081f4a33 | ||
|
|
9b0ac229bc | ||
|
|
18dfb4404a | ||
|
|
b055066a1d | ||
|
|
e3188e2615 | ||
|
|
ef3abc6442 | ||
|
|
b127cfd75f | ||
|
|
9f5842e63f | ||
|
|
324a78f3b6 | ||
|
|
655da31a18 | ||
|
|
d80629cef0 | ||
|
|
28ae577342 | ||
|
|
af6c12c27b | ||
|
|
180fc2d418 | ||
|
|
bf981eeb6b | ||
|
|
5850a764ea | ||
|
|
6727bf8617 | ||
|
|
13ddc5c359 | ||
|
|
54c10ccf92 | ||
|
|
f8df45d84f | ||
|
|
8e8df251bf | ||
|
|
2177f9fe18 | ||
|
|
03e19a04ac | ||
|
|
26852128a2 | ||
|
|
2b2b8ae5ab | ||
|
|
a570244531 | ||
|
|
2bbf8eff6f | ||
|
|
574860b5ee | ||
|
|
c67e892134 | ||
|
|
1d429610bf | ||
|
|
991dea3ab1 | ||
|
|
908be43879 | ||
|
|
2ff8b64679 | ||
|
|
06d2d38ab7 | ||
|
|
dc303bce10 | ||
|
|
e40d75f6ef | ||
|
|
73a733e08b | ||
|
|
de7eb0a47b | ||
|
|
e0f76d0097 | ||
|
|
fb6ffc732e | ||
|
|
cf7ff70ca7 | ||
|
|
5d96e3ae53 | ||
|
|
36e0f7da9b | ||
|
|
d9db8b448c | ||
|
|
91c4937be1 | ||
|
|
ea83bf06b9 | ||
|
|
4ed6b2e2d7 | ||
|
|
9ccaae04c6 | ||
|
|
827b165b2a | ||
|
|
89c79b9932 | ||
|
|
cefe4f9948 | ||
|
|
d8585eded6 | ||
|
|
9a3b3311d2 | ||
|
|
b8d4905592 | ||
|
|
9b4ebc692d | ||
|
|
187147aedd | ||
|
|
3266c85a44 | ||
|
|
715d285d79 | ||
|
|
868cfc19bb | ||
|
|
8a24b794b8 | ||
|
|
d75263c020 | ||
|
|
8e3d1b6326 | ||
|
|
0648142700 | ||
|
|
4cc39a527f | ||
|
|
b20545f2a7 | ||
|
|
0b6cf69c03 | ||
|
|
6be8c8e165 | ||
|
|
113ce08456 | ||
|
|
631225627d | ||
|
|
61be73bb0f | ||
|
|
bb82762907 | ||
|
|
c61348e83f | ||
|
|
283ee8b3a0 | ||
|
|
5487544fa5 | ||
|
|
c285fe7c3f | ||
|
|
e8aee7dcf9 | ||
|
|
ab3022196e | ||
|
|
674127e180 | ||
|
|
6231cb8b5b | ||
|
|
437905c25d | ||
|
|
c7baa43fdb | ||
|
|
b2658a1ab0 | ||
|
|
d10abe5201 | ||
|
|
490465bda6 | ||
|
|
8e9eb3a6a1 | ||
|
|
af98a49dd0 | ||
|
|
fca6600305 | ||
|
|
da5b3dcf06 | ||
|
|
dc633cf827 | ||
|
|
73dfe917ba | ||
|
|
b2fa54a840 | ||
|
|
3849992b16 | ||
|
|
a1c487eef7 | ||
|
|
763b684373 | ||
|
|
902647d2df | ||
|
|
380130f1e1 | ||
|
|
54a38415ca | ||
|
|
21decdd3e6 | ||
|
|
8a633e3427 | ||
|
|
6d4431e7b6 | ||
|
|
d106e5ba7f | ||
|
|
4adfaabfe7 | ||
|
|
0c1ff16b54 | ||
|
|
02cfac85b4 | ||
|
|
4694a17d1e | ||
|
|
ba53435144 | ||
|
|
268a06ce90 | ||
|
|
8ed43916db | ||
|
|
aa3b15dbeb | ||
|
|
4445f7ee70 | ||
|
|
40b1b5443c | ||
|
|
245c41070c | ||
|
|
8e42ae5069 | ||
|
|
a6e4250142 | ||
|
|
517ffbee0d | ||
|
|
c3691332f7 | ||
|
|
c020042083 | ||
|
|
8d8aa0a367 | ||
|
|
c1808d5822 | ||
|
|
def5abe0a2 | ||
|
|
7f7c3325d3 | ||
|
|
30e12d259e | ||
|
|
f9660b59b2 | ||
|
|
1538fc34fa | ||
|
|
fe4b186406 | ||
|
|
95509e18f8 | ||
|
|
5d98c9d932 | ||
|
|
6621004289 | ||
|
|
75be2339d8 | ||
|
|
5d18e0eca5 | ||
|
|
b22bd46b96 | ||
|
|
4d58502202 | ||
|
|
bea1ede1c5 | ||
|
|
5d91646599 | ||
|
|
52196b2dbe | ||
|
|
baa9fcaf40 | ||
|
|
451f849fd6 | ||
|
|
0f518a8f4d | ||
|
|
839e954aaa | ||
|
|
429fcfbf9a | ||
|
|
8110a091bc | ||
|
|
58de0e2dcc | ||
|
|
6244a0fc29 | ||
|
|
81edd171a9 | ||
|
|
ebf7dfa6f1 | ||
|
|
700eefe5a4 | ||
|
|
3780bb923a | ||
|
|
03413f4416 | ||
|
|
73cd8fb3e8 | ||
|
|
f73d3bc253 | ||
|
|
0239acb11f | ||
|
|
939a1abe93 | ||
|
|
a4d13de836 | ||
|
|
9e4043757c | ||
|
|
107e1eef1d | ||
|
|
d56374e25d | ||
|
|
0e4c1de556 | ||
|
|
baec5c1768 | ||
|
|
ddecc25947 | ||
|
|
54f1b7abf8 | ||
|
|
f80663f17b | ||
|
|
49b2732644 | ||
|
|
a742e084b6 | ||
|
|
17fe5e1aec | ||
|
|
4c9ce053d9 | ||
|
|
2a6fa564a3 | ||
|
|
0921ecff1c | ||
|
|
e185c1efba | ||
|
|
7c1c6dbb68 | ||
|
|
3dda7db4e1 | ||
|
|
b50e5f5686 | ||
|
|
4afc7c5d4a | ||
|
|
f9f22dbe4f | ||
|
|
22e421549d | ||
|
|
71fb0c146b | ||
|
|
298c65971e | ||
|
|
cb0700844c | ||
|
|
fd773e9e88 | ||
|
|
8bc189e81a | ||
|
|
f28d871465 | ||
|
|
8e77bad3c1 | ||
|
|
864733ad92 | ||
|
|
9bd547aca4 | ||
|
|
b681be175b | ||
|
|
42356150ba | ||
|
|
758535a1df | ||
|
|
67c2c058ea | ||
|
|
bdf0bda968 | ||
|
|
e9c0727003 | ||
|
|
7db8f6f4f8 | ||
|
|
7fed5c18f8 | ||
|
|
d18cfb7dbf | ||
|
|
e609ad557c | ||
|
|
72188e9aae | ||
|
|
ef9d9b94a8 | ||
|
|
925ccfde79 | ||
|
|
7d2a5796d3 | ||
|
|
8b29aba019 | ||
|
|
0b9e4d1224 | ||
|
|
fead3ac9a3 | ||
|
|
e101204906 | ||
|
|
cf2d8dee51 | ||
|
|
2946d0236d | ||
|
|
e934e8f5c1 | ||
|
|
61264d9969 | ||
|
|
a32095fc8f | ||
|
|
8b877ac38e | ||
|
|
ee1f7b3cb7 | ||
|
|
84e1d2b21a | ||
|
|
46c00a6565 | ||
|
|
8038568722 | ||
|
|
89c64d557d | ||
|
|
ea6553bec3 | ||
|
|
4f3f668c84 | ||
|
|
c4dcd60c76 | ||
|
|
fa8b2e173d | ||
|
|
819821c5a9 | ||
|
|
e1581307d2 | ||
|
|
1473551a44 | ||
|
|
8fdd721047 | ||
|
|
92e35efaf6 | ||
|
|
1e7885abe8 | ||
|
|
52c6eaffd4 | ||
|
|
da64ab322a | ||
|
|
610cc1b9b3 | ||
|
|
780d4c3fff | ||
|
|
f68f1d7079 | ||
|
|
aedfcbe1e6 | ||
|
|
bee6c0cf86 | ||
|
|
8b20179c65 | ||
|
|
4c90861e9f | ||
|
|
c5fbe8af4c | ||
|
|
24c77a1e3a | ||
|
|
d4caf5c16a | ||
|
|
6a08454b93 | ||
|
|
5ca84ce4aa | ||
|
|
ffec3c5349 | ||
|
|
5f436fcf99 | ||
|
|
e4eb6ff089 | ||
|
|
6c0e984f26 | ||
|
|
6135d0d803 | ||
|
|
6a06363861 | ||
|
|
8e08125d3a | ||
|
|
b763eba7ae | ||
|
|
6098957458 | ||
|
|
573e445664 | ||
|
|
d63aff0a65 | ||
|
|
b86f10ee10 | ||
|
|
3f3fbd3fdb | ||
|
|
75f7265dd4 | ||
|
|
580984e026 | ||
|
|
e18c0b3981 | ||
|
|
be6aa46c4d | ||
|
|
03602ec28e | ||
|
|
e9d6a298df | ||
|
|
17b56c9f83 | ||
|
|
a63cdb5ed6 | ||
|
|
4077b33a83 | ||
|
|
364fa5c7ec | ||
|
|
a4f6ca717b | ||
|
|
ba61ac0d61 | ||
|
|
ac74d5e86c | ||
|
|
829c8e3696 | ||
|
|
7eba3d2cbf | ||
|
|
064154c3fe | ||
|
|
d293b2b9d4 | ||
|
|
44a2f923c0 | ||
|
|
cc6cf9b9f9 | ||
|
|
4d581a826c | ||
|
|
5c29154b52 | ||
|
|
f0e86a0dbd | ||
|
|
953cc7fb13 | ||
|
|
3905e291fe | ||
|
|
3848e00e01 | ||
|
|
bfb96c047b | ||
|
|
cff572abb9 | ||
|
|
818c9e7edf | ||
|
|
062cc1857d | ||
|
|
8a82c7fa5e | ||
|
|
6d8d849f5a | ||
|
|
9f6154f26e | ||
|
|
ba8cd122ef | ||
|
|
c0a1d7f3ad | ||
|
|
943bb2b8eb | ||
|
|
a889cf4642 | ||
|
|
0899d69803 | ||
|
|
5584df65a0 | ||
|
|
3f242a844e | ||
|
|
9e63f61cb0 | ||
|
|
1ff2b64b11 | ||
|
|
1c8b4edb9b | ||
|
|
8a1bb04637 | ||
|
|
d22a18928e | ||
|
|
0e0b3dd335 | ||
|
|
597385ab43 | ||
|
|
6f2e4b36c9 | ||
|
|
65639032bb | ||
|
|
7a5c46a9df | ||
|
|
a3dc5e92dc | ||
|
|
975b5271ee | ||
|
|
ab1fa3955f | ||
|
|
927030af23 | ||
|
|
89e375a88f | ||
|
|
8067a64852 | ||
|
|
d22e9465f6 | ||
|
|
ce2ec0a82a | ||
|
|
85a7cb4dcf | ||
|
|
8e15ffcde7 | ||
|
|
426dd02195 | ||
|
|
e27dba499a | ||
|
|
00f9e0dbbd | ||
|
|
1abb502635 | ||
|
|
4f118be2bb | ||
|
|
f155196444 | ||
|
|
346418c624 | ||
|
|
790500a8e6 | ||
|
|
9eb3bb2930 | ||
|
|
39afdea203 | ||
|
|
d6c2f05260 | ||
|
|
1735bc988c | ||
|
|
9cdf86b86f | ||
|
|
86edef664e | ||
|
|
a3442cb505 | ||
|
|
fff341eb59 | ||
|
|
52f9c19015 | ||
|
|
8dcf259d90 | ||
|
|
7f8989dd8a | ||
|
|
6bef5306e4 | ||
|
|
2d8f56acb3 | ||
|
|
c835293d54 | ||
|
|
5a2800fd14 | ||
|
|
385111bd86 | ||
|
|
f6f32c38bf | ||
|
|
b4ebf9ae3b | ||
|
|
583c1f14a4 | ||
|
|
5a6ec52392 | ||
|
|
1adda3403d | ||
|
|
8950a563b3 | ||
|
|
ac42afd10b | ||
|
|
8e2c942ce4 | ||
|
|
77cdfd1038 | ||
|
|
4fc563b397 | ||
|
|
509ce2a558 | ||
|
|
de27989157 | ||
|
|
9e496854a9 | ||
|
|
846cdb2275 | ||
|
|
74c5bbf134 | ||
|
|
7bffaa9f9b | ||
|
|
40e8cb292c | ||
|
|
75578a388d | ||
|
|
29fd03878c | ||
|
|
af1a0e371e | ||
|
|
562ca71428 | ||
|
|
d5d3d307dd | ||
|
|
beb003b303 | ||
|
|
045a284a83 | ||
|
|
0622732b32 | ||
|
|
6ff02c9651 | ||
|
|
8322e1f06e | ||
|
|
d9d473ea12 | ||
|
|
13d6fb17a2 | ||
|
|
f65333c9b5 | ||
|
|
367aabdbf7 | ||
|
|
8049253b96 | ||
|
|
9fe885e49a | ||
|
|
e98d121052 | ||
|
|
41e0f2f48f | ||
|
|
94d0191dbc | ||
|
|
af6e36ff16 | ||
|
|
5f148ec0b5 | ||
|
|
304563c0b3 | ||
|
|
151f656e17 | ||
|
|
47cff3a444 | ||
|
|
4e329fcaf7 | ||
|
|
b69fccf377 | ||
|
|
d0b6502a7a | ||
|
|
3f39f64866 | ||
|
|
839fd11d7e | ||
|
|
99ef06296f | ||
|
|
38fd4bb284 | ||
|
|
9ef00be261 | ||
|
|
be82c25486 | ||
|
|
2588b5a43f | ||
|
|
0ecbe33718 | ||
|
|
a96909cfaf | ||
|
|
802d559431 | ||
|
|
119d4693e0 | ||
|
|
5983ad0b03 | ||
|
|
35ca0e7a1c | ||
|
|
019b9c644e | ||
|
|
20b4f463f4 | ||
|
|
2369c15407 | ||
|
|
0c171716c0 | ||
|
|
179f1b9a7d | ||
|
|
328da0dcb7 | ||
|
|
6300317b15 | ||
|
|
f365482736 | ||
|
|
014069a7ac | ||
|
|
c25558bff4 | ||
|
|
d6547fc647 | ||
|
|
da94fdf258 | ||
|
|
9f7820f83b | ||
|
|
91715873d1 | ||
|
|
863c1a9079 | ||
|
|
1bdd42627d | ||
|
|
b5760a1ce5 | ||
|
|
f1d2501ebe | ||
|
|
00ded43a5a | ||
|
|
5fac467474 | ||
|
|
d1413d9098 | ||
|
|
4ca812b153 | ||
|
|
bf73b91c66 | ||
|
|
289a90551d | ||
|
|
42bc6dde46 | ||
|
|
51d1d53680 | ||
|
|
10b369f670 | ||
|
|
6b584af3d7 | ||
|
|
cc7f8be3e0 | ||
|
|
5131c144fe | ||
|
|
a6b8976bb7 | ||
|
|
2f6271b1e7 | ||
|
|
a86f14a923 | ||
|
|
fdcc9afb71 | ||
|
|
e081e21f76 | ||
|
|
fdd6ce4a2f | ||
|
|
d42119fff2 | ||
|
|
29e1951e14 | ||
|
|
fc2457e21d | ||
|
|
9730f74a0b | ||
|
|
9bfdba3de3 | ||
|
|
18b5d6df10 | ||
|
|
707659490d | ||
|
|
1c39102666 | ||
|
|
8cc6977a96 | ||
|
|
c5215e943b | ||
|
|
d6051b5eb8 | ||
|
|
80e7884739 | ||
|
|
b362872837 | ||
|
|
0f526f5652 | ||
|
|
dae8d21dd2 | ||
|
|
3f2a5d8dfb | ||
|
|
e0fd2aa8f6 | ||
|
|
e26643e6bc | ||
|
|
fefecb0fbe | ||
|
|
f97ddbeb25 | ||
|
|
c7f0ebc6d1 | ||
|
|
136f29a91d | ||
|
|
e98991b8cf | ||
|
|
8b1862a316 | ||
|
|
b6ff81188d | ||
|
|
85b11769ab | ||
|
|
4d1961783f | ||
|
|
9e24f0c5c1 | ||
|
|
7ce686c990 | ||
|
|
d804fdf4c2 | ||
|
|
edb4f2b360 |
2
.gitignore
vendored
2
.gitignore
vendored
@@ -78,3 +78,5 @@ src/testdir/dostmp/*
|
||||
src/testdir/messages
|
||||
src/testdir/viminfo
|
||||
src/memfile_test
|
||||
src/json_test
|
||||
src/message_test
|
||||
|
||||
56
.travis.yml
56
.travis.yml
@@ -1,19 +1,53 @@
|
||||
language: c
|
||||
|
||||
os:
|
||||
- osx
|
||||
- linux
|
||||
|
||||
compiler:
|
||||
- clang
|
||||
- gcc
|
||||
|
||||
env:
|
||||
- COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src
|
||||
- BUILD=yes TEST=scripttests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
"CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
|
||||
CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
|
||||
- COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
- COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
- COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
- BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
|
||||
- BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
- BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
- BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
# Mac OSX build
|
||||
- BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
"CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
|
||||
|
||||
sudo: false
|
||||
|
||||
git:
|
||||
depth: 1
|
||||
|
||||
# instead of a 6*2*2 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 6*env),
|
||||
# exclude some builds on mac os x and linux
|
||||
# linux: 2*compiler + 5*env + mac: 2*compiler + 2*env
|
||||
matrix:
|
||||
exclude:
|
||||
- os: osx
|
||||
env: BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
- os: osx
|
||||
env: BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
|
||||
- os: osx
|
||||
env: BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
- os: osx
|
||||
env: BUILD=yes TEST=scripttests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
"CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
|
||||
- os: linux
|
||||
compiler: clang
|
||||
env: BUILD=no TEST=unittests COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
|
||||
- os: linux
|
||||
compiler: clang
|
||||
env: BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
- os: linux
|
||||
env: BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
|
||||
"CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
|
||||
|
||||
branches:
|
||||
except:
|
||||
- /^v[0-9]/
|
||||
@@ -28,18 +62,22 @@ addons:
|
||||
- python3-dev
|
||||
- liblua5.1-0-dev
|
||||
- lua5.1
|
||||
- cscope
|
||||
|
||||
before_install:
|
||||
- pip install --user cpp-coveralls
|
||||
# Lua is not installed on Travis OSX
|
||||
- if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "osx" ]; then brew install lua; export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local; fi
|
||||
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
|
||||
- if [ "$CHECK_AUTOCONF" = "yes" -a "$CC" = "gcc" ]; then make -C src autoconf; fi
|
||||
- if [ "x$SHADOWOPT" != x ]; then make -C src shadow; fi && (cd ${SRCDIR} && ./configure --with-features=$FEATURES $CONFOPT --enable-fail-if-missing && make -j$NPROC)
|
||||
- ${SRCDIR}/vim --version
|
||||
- make $SHADOWOPT test
|
||||
- if [ "x$SHADOWOPT" != x ]; then make -C src shadow; fi
|
||||
- (cd ${SRCDIR} && ./configure --with-features=$FEATURES $CONFOPT --enable-fail-if-missing && if [ "$BUILD" = "yes" ]; then make -j$NPROC; fi)
|
||||
- if [ "$BUILD" = "yes" ]; then ${SRCDIR}/vim --version; fi
|
||||
- make $SHADOWOPT $TEST
|
||||
|
||||
after_success:
|
||||
- if [ x"$COVERAGE" = "xyes" ]; then ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b $SRCDIR -x .xs -e ${SRCDIR}/xxd -e ${SRCDIR}/if_perl.c --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR; fi
|
||||
- if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b $SRCDIR -x .xs -e ${SRCDIR}/xxd -e ${SRCDIR}/if_perl.c --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR; fi
|
||||
|
||||
# vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:
|
||||
|
||||
70
Filelist
70
Filelist
@@ -18,10 +18,12 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/charset.c \
|
||||
src/crypt.c \
|
||||
src/crypt_zip.c \
|
||||
src/dict.c \
|
||||
src/diff.c \
|
||||
src/digraph.c \
|
||||
src/edit.c \
|
||||
src/eval.c \
|
||||
src/evalfunc.c \
|
||||
src/ex_cmds.c \
|
||||
src/ex_cmds.h \
|
||||
src/ex_cmds2.c \
|
||||
@@ -43,6 +45,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/hashtab.c \
|
||||
src/json.c \
|
||||
src/json_test.c \
|
||||
src/list.c \
|
||||
src/keymap.h \
|
||||
src/macros.h \
|
||||
src/main.c \
|
||||
@@ -53,6 +56,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/memline.c \
|
||||
src/menu.c \
|
||||
src/message.c \
|
||||
src/message_test.c \
|
||||
src/misc1.c \
|
||||
src/misc2.c \
|
||||
src/move.c \
|
||||
@@ -74,6 +78,8 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/sha256.c \
|
||||
src/structs.h \
|
||||
src/spell.c \
|
||||
src/spell.h \
|
||||
src/spellfile.c \
|
||||
src/syntax.c \
|
||||
src/tag.c \
|
||||
src/term.c \
|
||||
@@ -81,6 +87,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/termlib.c \
|
||||
src/ui.c \
|
||||
src/undo.c \
|
||||
src/userfunc.c \
|
||||
src/version.c \
|
||||
src/version.h \
|
||||
src/vim.h \
|
||||
@@ -95,6 +102,8 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/testdir/*.py \
|
||||
src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
|
||||
src/testdir/runtest.vim \
|
||||
src/testdir/shared.vim \
|
||||
src/testdir/setup.vim \
|
||||
src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
|
||||
src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
|
||||
src/testdir/test_[a-z]*.ok \
|
||||
@@ -116,21 +125,25 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/testdir/bench*.vim \
|
||||
src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
|
||||
src/proto.h \
|
||||
src/proto/arabic.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/blowfish.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/buffer.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/channel.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/charset.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/crypt.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/crypt_zip.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/dict.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/diff.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/digraph.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/edit.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/eval.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/evalfunc.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/ex_cmds.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/ex_cmds2.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/ex_docmd.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/ex_eval.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/ex_getln.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/farsi.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/fileio.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/fold.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/getchar.pro \
|
||||
@@ -139,6 +152,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/hashtab.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/json.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/list.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/main.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/mark.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/mbyte.pro \
|
||||
@@ -160,12 +174,14 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/proto/search.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/sha256.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/spell.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/spellfile.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/syntax.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/tag.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/term.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/termlib.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/ui.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/undo.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/userfunc.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/version.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/winclip.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/window.pro \
|
||||
@@ -262,7 +278,6 @@ SRC_DOS_UNIX = \
|
||||
src/if_python3.c \
|
||||
src/if_py_both.h \
|
||||
src/if_ruby.c \
|
||||
src/if_sniff.h \
|
||||
src/if_tcl.c \
|
||||
src/proto/if_cscope.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/if_lua.pro \
|
||||
@@ -318,6 +333,8 @@ SRC_DOS = \
|
||||
src/if_ole.h \
|
||||
src/if_ole.idl \
|
||||
src/if_perl_msvc/stdbool.h \
|
||||
src/iscygpty.c \
|
||||
src/iscygpty.h \
|
||||
src/iid_ole.c \
|
||||
src/os_dos.h \
|
||||
src/os_w32dll.c \
|
||||
@@ -338,7 +355,6 @@ SRC_DOS = \
|
||||
src/vimio.h \
|
||||
src/gvim.exe.mnf \
|
||||
src/vimrun.c \
|
||||
src/vimtbar.h \
|
||||
src/xpm_w32.c \
|
||||
src/xpm_w32.h \
|
||||
src/xxd/Make_bc5.mak \
|
||||
@@ -376,15 +392,15 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN = \
|
||||
src/tools.bmp \
|
||||
src/vim*.ico \
|
||||
src/vim.tlb \
|
||||
src/vimtbar.lib \
|
||||
src/xpm/COPYRIGHT \
|
||||
src/xpm/README.txt \
|
||||
src/xpm/include/*.h \
|
||||
src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.a \
|
||||
src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.lib \
|
||||
src/xpm/x64/lib-vc14/libXpm.lib \
|
||||
src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.a \
|
||||
src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.lib \
|
||||
src/vimtbar.dll \
|
||||
src/xpm/x86/lib-vc14/libXpm.lib \
|
||||
nsis/icons/*.bmp \
|
||||
nsis/icons/*.ico \
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -455,7 +471,6 @@ SRC_EXTRA = \
|
||||
$(SRC_VMS) \
|
||||
README_os390.txt \
|
||||
src/Make_mint.mak \
|
||||
src/if_sniff.c \
|
||||
src/infplist.xml \
|
||||
src/link.390 \
|
||||
src/os_beos.c \
|
||||
@@ -485,7 +500,6 @@ RT_ALL = \
|
||||
runtime/ftoff.vim \
|
||||
runtime/gvimrc_example.vim \
|
||||
runtime/macros/README.txt \
|
||||
runtime/macros/dvorak \
|
||||
runtime/macros/editexisting.vim \
|
||||
runtime/macros/hanoi/click.me \
|
||||
runtime/macros/hanoi/hanoi.vim \
|
||||
@@ -497,7 +511,6 @@ RT_ALL = \
|
||||
runtime/macros/life/click.me \
|
||||
runtime/macros/life/life.vim \
|
||||
runtime/macros/matchit.vim \
|
||||
runtime/macros/matchit.txt \
|
||||
runtime/macros/maze/README.txt \
|
||||
runtime/macros/maze/[mM]akefile \
|
||||
runtime/macros/maze/main.aap \
|
||||
@@ -513,8 +526,9 @@ RT_ALL = \
|
||||
runtime/macros/urm/examples \
|
||||
runtime/macros/urm/urm \
|
||||
runtime/macros/urm/urm.vim \
|
||||
runtime/mswin.vim \
|
||||
runtime/defaults.vim \
|
||||
runtime/evim.vim \
|
||||
runtime/mswin.vim \
|
||||
runtime/optwin.vim \
|
||||
runtime/ftplugin.vim \
|
||||
runtime/ftplugof.vim \
|
||||
@@ -527,6 +541,16 @@ RT_ALL = \
|
||||
runtime/tutor/tutor \
|
||||
runtime/tutor/tutor.vim \
|
||||
runtime/vimrc_example.vim \
|
||||
runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/plugin/dvorak.vim \
|
||||
runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/enable.vim \
|
||||
runtime/pack/dist/opt/dvorak/dvorak/disable.vim \
|
||||
runtime/pack/dist/opt/editexisting/plugin/editexisting.vim \
|
||||
runtime/pack/dist/opt/justify/plugin/justify.vim \
|
||||
runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/plugin/matchit.vim \
|
||||
runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/matchit.txt \
|
||||
runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/tags \
|
||||
runtime/pack/dist/opt/shellmenu/plugin/shellmenu.vim \
|
||||
runtime/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim \
|
||||
|
||||
# runtime files for all distributions without CR-NL translation
|
||||
RT_ALL_BIN = \
|
||||
@@ -607,7 +631,6 @@ RT_AMI = \
|
||||
README.txt.info \
|
||||
README_ami.txt \
|
||||
README_ami.txt.info \
|
||||
libs/arp.library \
|
||||
runtime/doc.info \
|
||||
runtime/doc/*.info \
|
||||
runtime/icons/README.txt \
|
||||
@@ -695,6 +718,35 @@ EXTRA = \
|
||||
src/tee/Make_mvc.mak \
|
||||
src/tee/tee.c \
|
||||
|
||||
# files in READMEdir that are included from the top dir
|
||||
IN_README_DIR = \
|
||||
README.txt.info \
|
||||
README_ami.txt \
|
||||
README_ami.txt.info \
|
||||
README_amibin.txt \
|
||||
README_amibin.txt.info \
|
||||
README_amisrc.txt \
|
||||
README_amisrc.txt.info \
|
||||
README_bindos.txt \
|
||||
README_dos.txt \
|
||||
README_extra.txt \
|
||||
README_mac.txt \
|
||||
README_ole.txt \
|
||||
README_os2.txt \
|
||||
README_os390.txt \
|
||||
README_src.txt \
|
||||
README_srcdos.txt \
|
||||
README_unix.txt \
|
||||
README_vms.txt \
|
||||
README_w32s.txt \
|
||||
Contents \
|
||||
Contents.info \
|
||||
Vim.info \
|
||||
Xxd.info \
|
||||
runtime.info \
|
||||
src.info \
|
||||
vimdir.info \
|
||||
|
||||
# generic language files
|
||||
LANG_GEN = \
|
||||
runtime/doc/*-de.1 \
|
||||
|
||||
42
Makefile
42
Makefile
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ first:
|
||||
|
||||
# Some make programs use the last target for the $@ default; put the other
|
||||
# targets separately to always let $@ expand to "first" by default.
|
||||
all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test testclean clean distclean:
|
||||
all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test scripttests unittests testclean clean distclean:
|
||||
@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
|
||||
cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@@ -213,24 +213,13 @@ MINOR = 4
|
||||
# > bigvim64.bat
|
||||
#
|
||||
#
|
||||
# OBSOLETE systems: You can build this if you have an appropriate system.
|
||||
# OBSOLETE systems: You can build these if you have an appropriate system.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 16 bit DOS version: (doesn't build anywhere)
|
||||
# - Set environment for compiling with Borland C++ 3.1.
|
||||
# - "bmake -f Make_bc3.mak BOR=E:\borlandc" (compiling xxd might fail, in that
|
||||
# case set environment for compiling with Borland C++ 4.0 and do
|
||||
# "make -f make_bc3.mak BOR=E:\BC4 xxd/xxd.exe").
|
||||
# NOTE: this currently fails because Vim is too big.
|
||||
# - "make test" and check the output.
|
||||
# - Rename the executables to "vimd16.exe", "xxdd16.exe", "installd16.exe" and
|
||||
# "uninstald16.exe".
|
||||
# 16 bit DOS version: You need to get a very old version of Vim, for several
|
||||
# years even the tiny build is too big to fit in DOS memory.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# 32 bit DOS version: (requires Windows XP or earlier)
|
||||
# - Set environment for compiling with DJGPP; "gmake -f Make_djg.mak".
|
||||
# - "rm testdir/*.out", "gmake -f Make_djg.mak test" and check the output for
|
||||
# "ALL DONE".
|
||||
# - Rename the executables to "vimd32.exe", "xxdd32.exe", "installd32.exe" and
|
||||
# "uninstald32.exe".
|
||||
# 32 bit DOS version: Support was removed in 7.4.1399. When syncing to before
|
||||
# that it probably won't build.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Win32s GUI version: (requires a very old compiler)
|
||||
# - Set environment for Visual C++ 4.1 (requires a new console window):
|
||||
@@ -242,12 +231,9 @@ MINOR = 4
|
||||
# - Rename "uninstal.exe" to "uninstalw32.exe"
|
||||
# - The produced uninstalw32.exe and vimrun.exe are used.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# OS/2: (requires an OS/2 system)
|
||||
# - Unpack the Unix archive.
|
||||
# - "make -f Make_os2.mak".
|
||||
# - Rename the executables to vimos2.exe, xxdos2.exe and teeos2.exe and copy
|
||||
# them to here.
|
||||
# - "make os2bin".
|
||||
# OS/2 support was removed in patch 7.4.1008. If you want to give it a try
|
||||
# sync to before that and check the old version of this Makefile for
|
||||
# instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
VIMVER = vim-$(MAJOR).$(MINOR)
|
||||
VERSION = $(MAJOR)$(MINOR)
|
||||
@@ -269,9 +255,13 @@ dist:
|
||||
mkdir dist
|
||||
|
||||
# Clean up some files to avoid they are included.
|
||||
# Copy README files to the top directory.
|
||||
prepare:
|
||||
if test -f runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt; then \
|
||||
rm runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt; fi
|
||||
for name in $(IN_README_DIR); do \
|
||||
cp READMEdir/"$$name" .; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# For the zip files we need to create a file with the comment line
|
||||
dist/comment:
|
||||
@@ -336,6 +326,7 @@ unixall: dist prepare
|
||||
$(EXTRA) \
|
||||
$(LANG_SRC) \
|
||||
| (cd dist/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
|
||||
-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
|
||||
# Need to use a "distclean" config.mk file
|
||||
# Note: this file is not included in the repository to avoid problems, but it's
|
||||
# OK to put it in the archive.
|
||||
@@ -372,6 +363,7 @@ amirt: dist prepare
|
||||
$(RT_NO_UNIX) \
|
||||
$(RT_AMI_DOS) \
|
||||
| (cd dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
|
||||
-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
|
||||
mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimdir.info dist/Vim.info
|
||||
mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime.info dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR).info
|
||||
mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime/* dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
|
||||
@@ -392,6 +384,7 @@ amibin: dist prepare
|
||||
Vim \
|
||||
Xxd \
|
||||
| (cd dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
|
||||
-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
|
||||
mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimdir.info dist/Vim.info
|
||||
mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime.info dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR).info
|
||||
cd dist && tar cf vim$(VERSION)bin.tar Vim Vim.info
|
||||
@@ -410,6 +403,7 @@ amisrc: dist prepare
|
||||
$(SRC_AMI) \
|
||||
$(SRC_AMI_DOS) \
|
||||
| (cd dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
|
||||
-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
|
||||
mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimdir.info dist/Vim.info
|
||||
mv dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime.info dist/Vim/$(VIMRTDIR).info
|
||||
cd dist && tar cf vim$(VERSION)src.tar Vim Vim.info
|
||||
@@ -483,6 +477,7 @@ dosrt_files: dist prepare no_title.vim
|
||||
$(RT_DOS_BIN) \
|
||||
$(LANG_GEN_BIN) \
|
||||
| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
|
||||
-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
|
||||
mv dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime/* dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
|
||||
rmdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime
|
||||
# Add the message translations. Trick: skip ja.mo and use ja.sjis.mo instead.
|
||||
@@ -517,6 +512,7 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
|
||||
tar cf - \
|
||||
$(BIN_DOS) \
|
||||
| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
|
||||
-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
|
||||
cp gvim.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
|
||||
cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
|
||||
cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
|
||||
|
||||
74
README.md
74
README.md
@@ -2,25 +2,28 @@
|
||||
[](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
|
||||
[](https://coveralls.io/github/vim/vim?branch=master)
|
||||
[](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
|
||||
[](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## What is Vim? ##
|
||||
|
||||
Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi. Many new features
|
||||
have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
|
||||
on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations, etc.
|
||||
There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI) available. See
|
||||
`runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt` for differences with Vi.
|
||||
Vim is a greatly improved version of the good old UNIX editor Vi. Many new
|
||||
features have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line
|
||||
history, on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations,
|
||||
script language, etc. There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI)
|
||||
available. Still, Vi compatibility is maintained, those who have Vi "in the
|
||||
fingers" will feel at home. See `runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt` for differences with
|
||||
Vi.
|
||||
|
||||
This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
|
||||
All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
|
||||
with ten fingers can work very fast. Additionally, function keys can be
|
||||
defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
|
||||
mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
|
||||
|
||||
Vim runs under MS-DOS, MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh,
|
||||
VMS and almost all flavours of UNIX. Porting to other systems should not be
|
||||
very difficult. Older versions of Vim run on MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga DOS,
|
||||
Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2. These are no longer maintained.
|
||||
Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
|
||||
almost all flavours of UNIX. Porting to other systems should not be very
|
||||
difficult. Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
|
||||
DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2. These are no longer maintained.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Distribution ##
|
||||
@@ -37,10 +40,39 @@ Which one you need depends on the system you want to run it on and whether you
|
||||
want or must compile it yourself. Check http://www.vim.org/download.php for
|
||||
an overview of currently available distributions.
|
||||
|
||||
Some popular places to get the latest Vim:
|
||||
* Check out the git repository from [github](https://github.com/vim/vim).
|
||||
* Get the source code as an [archive](https://github.com/vim/vim/releases).
|
||||
* Get a Windows executable from the
|
||||
[vim-win32-installer](https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases) repository.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Compiling ##
|
||||
|
||||
If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim. If you
|
||||
obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
|
||||
`src` directory. See `src/INSTALL` for instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Installation ##
|
||||
|
||||
See one of these files for system-specific instructions. Either in the
|
||||
READMEdir directory (in the repository) or the top directory (if you unpack an
|
||||
archive):
|
||||
|
||||
README_ami.txt Amiga
|
||||
README_unix.txt Unix
|
||||
README_dos.txt MS-DOS and MS-Windows
|
||||
README_mac.txt Macintosh
|
||||
README_vms.txt VMS
|
||||
|
||||
There are other `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Documentation ##
|
||||
|
||||
The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners. Mostly it can be
|
||||
The Vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners. Often it can be
|
||||
started as `vimtutor`. See `:help tutor` for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
The best is to use `:help` in Vim. If you don't have an executable yet, read
|
||||
@@ -76,26 +108,6 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
|
||||
http://www.vim.org/sponsor/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Compiling ##
|
||||
|
||||
If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim. If you
|
||||
obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
|
||||
`src` directory. See `src/INSTALL` for instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Installation ##
|
||||
|
||||
See one of these files for system-specific instructions:
|
||||
|
||||
README_ami.txt Amiga
|
||||
README_unix.txt Unix
|
||||
README_dos.txt MS-DOS and MS-Windows
|
||||
README_mac.txt Macintosh
|
||||
README_vms.txt VMS
|
||||
|
||||
There are more `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
## Contributing ##
|
||||
|
||||
If you would like to help making Vim better, see the [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md) file.
|
||||
|
||||
70
README.txt
70
README.txt
@@ -3,21 +3,23 @@ README.txt for version 7.4 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
WHAT IS VIM?
|
||||
|
||||
Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi. Many new features
|
||||
have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
|
||||
on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations, etc.
|
||||
There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI) available. See
|
||||
"runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt" for differences with Vi.
|
||||
Vim is a greatly improved version of the good old UNIX editor Vi. Many new
|
||||
features have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line
|
||||
history, on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations,
|
||||
script language, etc. There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI)
|
||||
available. Still, Vi compatibility is maintained, those who have Vi "in the
|
||||
fingers" will feel at home. See "runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt" for differences with
|
||||
Vi.
|
||||
|
||||
This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
|
||||
All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
|
||||
with ten fingers can work very fast. Additionally, function keys can be
|
||||
defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
|
||||
mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
|
||||
|
||||
Vim runs under MS-DOS, MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh,
|
||||
VMS and almost all flavours of UNIX. Porting to other systems should not be
|
||||
very difficult. Older versions of Vim run on MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga DOS,
|
||||
Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2. These are no longer maintained.
|
||||
Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
|
||||
almost all flavours of UNIX. Porting to other systems should not be very
|
||||
difficult. Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
|
||||
DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2. These are no longer maintained.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DISTRIBUTION
|
||||
@@ -34,10 +36,38 @@ Which one you need depends on the system you want to run it on and whether you
|
||||
want or must compile it yourself. Check "http://www.vim.org/download.php" for
|
||||
an overview of currently available distributions.
|
||||
|
||||
Some popular places to get the latest Vim:
|
||||
* Check out the git repository from github: https://github.com/vim/vim.
|
||||
* Get the source code as an archive: https://github.com/vim/vim/releases.
|
||||
* Get a Windows executable from the vim-win32-installer repository:
|
||||
https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILING
|
||||
|
||||
If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim. If you
|
||||
obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
|
||||
"src" directory. See src/INSTALL for instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALLATION
|
||||
|
||||
See one of these files for system-specific instructions. Either in the
|
||||
READMEdir directory (in the repository) or the top directory (if you unpack an
|
||||
archive):
|
||||
|
||||
README_ami.txt Amiga
|
||||
README_unix.txt Unix
|
||||
README_dos.txt MS-DOS and MS-Windows
|
||||
README_mac.txt Macintosh
|
||||
README_vms.txt VMS
|
||||
|
||||
There are more README_*.txt files, depending on the distribution you used.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DOCUMENTATION
|
||||
|
||||
The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners. Mostly it can be
|
||||
The Vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners. Often it can be
|
||||
started as "vimtutor". See ":help tutor" for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
The best is to use ":help" in Vim. If you don't have an executable yet, read
|
||||
@@ -74,23 +104,9 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
|
||||
http://www.vim.org/sponsor/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
COMPILING
|
||||
CONTRIBUTING
|
||||
|
||||
If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim. If you
|
||||
obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
|
||||
"src" directory. See src/INSTALL for instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALLATION
|
||||
|
||||
See one of these files for system-specific instructions:
|
||||
README_ami.txt Amiga
|
||||
README_unix.txt Unix
|
||||
README_dos.txt MS-DOS and MS-Windows
|
||||
README_mac.txt Macintosh
|
||||
README_vms.txt VMS
|
||||
|
||||
There are more README_*.txt files, depending on the distribution you used.
|
||||
If you would like to help making Vim better, see the CONTRIBUTING.md file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INFORMATION
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Vim Vi IMproved. A clone of the UNIX text editor Vi. Very useful
|
||||
messages, shows current file name in window title, on-line
|
||||
help, rectangular cut/paste, etc., etc., etc...
|
||||
|
||||
Version 7.4. Also runs under UNIX, MSDOS and other systems.
|
||||
Version 7.4. Also runs under UNIX, MS-Windows, Mac, etc.
|
||||
vim74rt.tgz contains the documentation and syntax files.
|
||||
vim74bin.tgz contains the binaries.
|
||||
vim74src.tgz contains the sources.
|
||||
@@ -19,5 +19,5 @@ Vim Vi IMproved. A clone of the UNIX text editor Vi. Very useful
|
||||
Xxd Hex dumper and reader. Can be used to view files as hex, edit
|
||||
them and write them back. Can also be used to patch files.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 1.8 (1997 May 22)
|
||||
Version 1.10 (1997 May 22)
|
||||
Author: Juergen Weigert
|
||||
0
Contents.info → READMEdir/Contents.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
Contents.info → READMEdir/Contents.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
README.txt.info → READMEdir/README.txt.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
README.txt.info → READMEdir/README.txt.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
README_ami.txt.info → READMEdir/README_ami.txt.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
README_ami.txt.info → READMEdir/README_ami.txt.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
README_amibin.txt.info → READMEdir/README_amibin.txt.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
README_amibin.txt.info → READMEdir/README_amibin.txt.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
README_amisrc.txt.info → READMEdir/README_amisrc.txt.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
README_amisrc.txt.info → READMEdir/README_amisrc.txt.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
Vim.info → READMEdir/Vim.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
Vim.info → READMEdir/Vim.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
Xxd.info → READMEdir/Xxd.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
Xxd.info → READMEdir/Xxd.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
runtime.info → READMEdir/runtime.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
runtime.info → READMEdir/runtime.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
src.info → READMEdir/src.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
src.info → READMEdir/src.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
vimdir.info → READMEdir/vimdir.info
Executable file → Normal file
0
vimdir.info → READMEdir/vimdir.info
Executable file → Normal file
BIN
libs/arp.library
BIN
libs/arp.library
Binary file not shown.
@@ -215,6 +215,28 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\macros
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\macros\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\dvorak
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\dvorak\*.*
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\plugin
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\plugin\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\editexisting\plugin
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\editexisting\plugin\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\justify\plugin
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\justify\plugin\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\matchit\doc
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\matchit\doc\*.*
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\matchit\plugin
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\matchit\plugin\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\shellmenu\plugin
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\shellmenu\plugin\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\swapmouse\plugin
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\swapmouse\plugin\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\plugin
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\plugin\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
||||
" vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
|
||||
" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
" Date: Jan 17, 2012
|
||||
" Version: 35
|
||||
" Author: Charles E. Campbell
|
||||
" Date: Apr 11, 2016
|
||||
" Version: 37
|
||||
" GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
|
||||
" Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
" Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell
|
||||
" The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
|
||||
" (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
|
||||
" No warranty, express or implied.
|
||||
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
|
||||
if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:loaded_vimball = "v35"
|
||||
let g:loaded_vimball = "v37"
|
||||
if v:version < 702
|
||||
echohl WarningMsg
|
||||
echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.2"
|
||||
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
|
||||
|
||||
let lastline= line("$") + 1
|
||||
if lastline == 2 && getline("$") == ""
|
||||
call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.')
|
||||
call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell')
|
||||
call setline(2,'UseVimball')
|
||||
call setline(3,'finish')
|
||||
let lastline= line("$") + 1
|
||||
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
|
||||
" remove the evidence
|
||||
setlocal nomod bh=wipe
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
|
||||
exe "tabc! ".vbtabnr
|
||||
|
||||
" restore options
|
||||
call vimball#RestoreSettings()
|
||||
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
|
||||
" when AsNeeded/filename is filereadable or was present in VimballRecord
|
||||
if fname =~ '\<plugin/'
|
||||
let anfname= substitute(fname,'\<plugin/','AsNeeded/','')
|
||||
if filereadable(anfname) || (exists("s:VBRstring") && s:VBRstring =~ anfname)
|
||||
if filereadable(anfname) || (exists("s:VBRstring") && s:VBRstring =~# anfname)
|
||||
" call Decho("using anfname<".anfname."> instead of <".fname.">")
|
||||
let fname= anfname
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -379,10 +379,10 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
|
||||
call s:RecordInFile(home)
|
||||
|
||||
" restore events, delete tab and buffer
|
||||
exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
|
||||
exe "sil! tabn ".vbtabnr
|
||||
setlocal nomod bh=wipe
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
|
||||
exe "sil! tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
exe "sil! tabc! ".vbtabnr
|
||||
call vimball#RestoreSettings()
|
||||
call s:ChgDir(curdir)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ fun! vimball#ShowMesg(level,msg)
|
||||
set noruler noshowcmd
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
|
||||
if &fo =~ '[ta]'
|
||||
if &fo =~# '[ta]'
|
||||
echomsg "***vimball*** ".a:msg
|
||||
else
|
||||
if a:level == s:WARNING || a:level == s:USAGE
|
||||
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ fun! vimball#SaveSettings()
|
||||
" call Dfunc("SaveSettings()")
|
||||
let s:makeep = getpos("'a")
|
||||
let s:regakeep= @a
|
||||
if exists("&acd")
|
||||
if exists("+acd")
|
||||
let s:acdkeep = &acd
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let s:eikeep = &ei
|
||||
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ fun! vimball#SaveSettings()
|
||||
let s:vekeep = &ve
|
||||
let s:ffkeep = &l:ff
|
||||
let s:swfkeep = &l:swf
|
||||
if exists("&acd")
|
||||
if exists("+acd")
|
||||
setlocal ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
|
||||
else
|
||||
setlocal ei=all ve=all nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
|
||||
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ endfun
|
||||
fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
|
||||
" call Dfunc("RestoreSettings()")
|
||||
let @a = s:regakeep
|
||||
if exists("&acd")
|
||||
if exists("+acd")
|
||||
let &acd = s:acdkeep
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let &l:fen = s:fenkeep
|
||||
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
|
||||
" call Decho("restore mark-a: makeep=".string(makeep))
|
||||
call setpos("'a",s:makeep)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if exists("&acd")
|
||||
if exists("+acd")
|
||||
unlet s:acdkeep
|
||||
endif
|
||||
unlet s:regakeep s:eikeep s:fenkeep s:hidkeep s:ickeep s:repkeep s:vekeep s:makeep s:lzkeep s:pmkeep s:ffkeep
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
|
||||
" Compiler: GNU C Compiler
|
||||
" Maintainer: Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
|
||||
" Latest Revision: 2010-10-14
|
||||
" added line suggested by Anton Lindqvist 2016 Mar 31
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("current_compiler")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
@@ -24,6 +25,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
|
||||
\%f:%l:\ %trror:\ %m,
|
||||
\%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
|
||||
\%f:%l:\ %m,
|
||||
\%f:\\(%*[^\\)]\\):\ %m,
|
||||
\\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%*\\D%c%*[^\ ]\ %m,
|
||||
\%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
|
||||
\%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim compiler file
|
||||
" Compiler: HTML Tidy
|
||||
" Maintainer: Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2013 Jul 7
|
||||
" Last Change: 2016 Apr 21
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("current_compiler")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2 " older Vim always used :setlocal
|
||||
command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
CompilerSet makeprg=tidy\ -quiet\ -errors\ --gnu-emacs\ yes\ %
|
||||
CompilerSet makeprg=tidy\ -quiet\ -errors\ --gnu-emacs\ yes\ %:S
|
||||
|
||||
" sample warning: foo.html:8:1: Warning: inserting missing 'foobar' element
|
||||
" sample error: foo.html:9:2: Error: <foobar> is not recognized!
|
||||
CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ Error:%m,%f:%l:%c:\ Warning:%m,%-G%.%#
|
||||
" foo.html:8:1: Warning: inserting missing 'foobar' element
|
||||
" foo.html:9:2: Error: <foobar> is not recognized!
|
||||
CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %trror:%m,%f:%l:%c:\ %tarning:%m,%-G%.%#
|
||||
|
||||
112
runtime/defaults.vim
Normal file
112
runtime/defaults.vim
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
|
||||
" The default vimrc file.
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last change: 2016 Jul 29
|
||||
"
|
||||
" This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
|
||||
" Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
|
||||
" Individual settings can be reverted with ":set option&".
|
||||
" Other commands can be reverted as mentioned below.
|
||||
|
||||
" When started as "evim", evim.vim will already have done these settings.
|
||||
if v:progname =~? "evim"
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Use Vim settings, rather than Vi settings (much better!).
|
||||
" This must be first, because it changes other options as a side effect.
|
||||
set nocompatible
|
||||
|
||||
" Allow backspacing over everything in insert mode.
|
||||
set backspace=indent,eol,start
|
||||
|
||||
set history=200 " keep 200 lines of command line history
|
||||
set ruler " show the cursor position all the time
|
||||
set showcmd " display incomplete commands
|
||||
set wildmenu " display completion matches in a status line
|
||||
|
||||
" Show @@@ in the last line if it is truncated.
|
||||
set display=truncate
|
||||
|
||||
" Do incremental searching when it's possible to timeout.
|
||||
if has('reltime')
|
||||
set incsearch
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Do not recognize octal numbers for Ctrl-A and Ctrl-X, most users find it
|
||||
" confusing.
|
||||
set nrformats-=octal
|
||||
|
||||
" For Win32 GUI: remove 't' flag from 'guioptions': no tearoff menu entries.
|
||||
if has('win32')
|
||||
set guioptions-=t
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Don't use Ex mode, use Q for formatting.
|
||||
" Revert with ":unmap Q".
|
||||
map Q gq
|
||||
|
||||
" CTRL-U in insert mode deletes a lot. Use CTRL-G u to first break undo,
|
||||
" so that you can undo CTRL-U after inserting a line break.
|
||||
" Revert with ":iunmap <C-U>".
|
||||
inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U>
|
||||
|
||||
" In many terminal emulators the mouse works just fine. By enabling it you
|
||||
" can position the cursor, Visually select and scroll with the mouse.
|
||||
if has('mouse')
|
||||
set mouse=a
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the
|
||||
" GUI (which always has colors).
|
||||
if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
|
||||
" Revert with ":syntax off".
|
||||
syntax on
|
||||
|
||||
" I like highlighting strings inside C comments.
|
||||
" Revert with ":unlet c_comment_strings".
|
||||
let c_comment_strings=1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this part when compiled with support for autocommands.
|
||||
if has("autocmd")
|
||||
|
||||
" Enable file type detection.
|
||||
" Use the default filetype settings, so that mail gets 'tw' set to 72,
|
||||
" 'cindent' is on in C files, etc.
|
||||
" Also load indent files, to automatically do language-dependent indenting.
|
||||
" Revert with ":filetype off".
|
||||
filetype plugin indent on
|
||||
|
||||
" Put these in an autocmd group, so that you can revert them with:
|
||||
" ":augroup vimStartup | au! | augroup END"
|
||||
augroup vimStartup
|
||||
au!
|
||||
|
||||
" When editing a file, always jump to the last known cursor position.
|
||||
" Don't do it when the position is invalid or when inside an event handler
|
||||
" (happens when dropping a file on gvim).
|
||||
autocmd BufReadPost *
|
||||
\ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") |
|
||||
\ exe "normal! g`\"" |
|
||||
\ endif
|
||||
|
||||
augroup END
|
||||
|
||||
endif " has("autocmd")
|
||||
|
||||
" Convenient command to see the difference between the current buffer and the
|
||||
" file it was loaded from, thus the changes you made.
|
||||
" Only define it when not defined already.
|
||||
" Revert with: ":delcommand DiffOrig".
|
||||
if !exists(":DiffOrig")
|
||||
command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_ | diffthis
|
||||
\ | wincmd p | diffthis
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if has('langmap') && exists('+langnoremap')
|
||||
" Prevent that the langmap option applies to characters that result from a
|
||||
" mapping. If unset (default), this may break plugins (but it's backward
|
||||
" compatible).
|
||||
set langnoremap
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -142,6 +142,7 @@ DOCS = \
|
||||
version5.txt \
|
||||
version6.txt \
|
||||
version7.txt \
|
||||
version8.txt \
|
||||
vi_diff.txt \
|
||||
visual.txt \
|
||||
windows.txt \
|
||||
@@ -275,6 +276,7 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
version5.html \
|
||||
version6.html \
|
||||
version7.html \
|
||||
version8.html \
|
||||
vi_diff.html \
|
||||
vimindex.html \
|
||||
visual.html \
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*autocmd.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2015 Dec 05
|
||||
*autocmd.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -52,9 +52,6 @@ effects. Be careful not to destroy your text.
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
2. Defining autocommands *autocmd-define*
|
||||
|
||||
Note: The ":autocmd" command cannot be followed by another command, since any
|
||||
'|' is considered part of the command.
|
||||
|
||||
*:au* *:autocmd*
|
||||
:au[tocmd] [group] {event} {pat} [nested] {cmd}
|
||||
Add {cmd} to the list of commands that Vim will
|
||||
@@ -67,6 +64,12 @@ Note: The ":autocmd" command cannot be followed by another command, since any
|
||||
The special pattern <buffer> or <buffer=N> defines a buffer-local autocommand.
|
||||
See |autocmd-buflocal|.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: The ":autocmd" command can only be followed by another command when the
|
||||
'|' appears before {cmd}. This works: >
|
||||
:augroup mine | au! BufRead | augroup END
|
||||
But this sees "augroup" as part of the defined command: >
|
||||
:augroup mine | au BufRead * set tw=70 | augroup END
|
||||
|
||||
Note that special characters (e.g., "%", "<cword>") in the ":autocmd"
|
||||
arguments are not expanded when the autocommand is defined. These will be
|
||||
expanded when the Event is recognized, and the {cmd} is executed. The only
|
||||
@@ -293,6 +296,9 @@ Name triggered by ~
|
||||
|CursorMoved| the cursor was moved in Normal mode
|
||||
|CursorMovedI| the cursor was moved in Insert mode
|
||||
|
||||
|WinNew| after creating a new window
|
||||
|TabNew| after creating a new tab page
|
||||
|TabClosed| after closing a tab page
|
||||
|WinEnter| after entering another window
|
||||
|WinLeave| before leaving a window
|
||||
|TabEnter| after entering another tab page
|
||||
@@ -539,6 +545,9 @@ CursorHold When the user doesn't press a key for the time
|
||||
versions}
|
||||
*CursorHoldI*
|
||||
CursorHoldI Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
|
||||
Not triggered when waiting for another key,
|
||||
e.g. after CTRL-V, and not when in CTRL-X mode
|
||||
|insert_expand|.
|
||||
|
||||
*CursorMoved*
|
||||
CursorMoved After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
|
||||
@@ -871,6 +880,8 @@ Syntax When the 'syntax' option has been set. The
|
||||
where this option was set, and <amatch> for
|
||||
the new value of 'syntax'.
|
||||
See |:syn-on|.
|
||||
*TabClosed*
|
||||
TabClosed After closing a tab page.
|
||||
*TabEnter*
|
||||
TabEnter Just after entering a tab page. |tab-page|
|
||||
After triggering the WinEnter and before
|
||||
@@ -879,6 +890,10 @@ TabEnter Just after entering a tab page. |tab-page|
|
||||
TabLeave Just before leaving a tab page. |tab-page|
|
||||
A WinLeave event will have been triggered
|
||||
first.
|
||||
*TabNew*
|
||||
TabNew When a tab page was created. |tab-page|
|
||||
A WinEnter event will have been triggered
|
||||
first, TabEnter follows.
|
||||
*TermChanged*
|
||||
TermChanged After the value of 'term' has changed. Useful
|
||||
for re-loading the syntax file to update the
|
||||
@@ -918,7 +933,15 @@ VimEnter After doing all the startup stuff, including
|
||||
loading .vimrc files, executing the "-c cmd"
|
||||
arguments, creating all windows and loading
|
||||
the buffers in them.
|
||||
*VimLeave*
|
||||
Just before this event is triggered the
|
||||
|v:vim_did_enter| variable is set, so that you
|
||||
can do: >
|
||||
if v:vim_did_enter
|
||||
call s:init()
|
||||
else
|
||||
au VimEnter * call s:init()
|
||||
endif
|
||||
< *VimLeave*
|
||||
VimLeave Before exiting Vim, just after writing the
|
||||
.viminfo file. Executed only once, like
|
||||
VimLeavePre.
|
||||
@@ -956,6 +979,11 @@ WinLeave Before leaving a window. If the window to be
|
||||
WinLeave autocommands (but not for ":new").
|
||||
Not used for ":qa" or ":q" when exiting Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
*WinNew*
|
||||
WinNew When a new window was created. Not done for
|
||||
the fist window, when Vim has just started.
|
||||
Before a WinEnter event.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
6. Patterns *autocmd-patterns* *{pat}*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1135,10 +1163,11 @@ name!
|
||||
different from existing {event} names, as this
|
||||
most likely will not do what you intended.
|
||||
|
||||
*:augroup-delete* *E367*
|
||||
*:augroup-delete* *E367* *W19*
|
||||
:aug[roup]! {name} Delete the autocmd group {name}. Don't use
|
||||
this if there is still an autocommand using
|
||||
this group! This is not checked.
|
||||
this group! You will get a warning if doing
|
||||
it anyway.
|
||||
|
||||
To enter autocommands for a specific group, use this method:
|
||||
1. Select the group with ":augroup {name}".
|
||||
@@ -1193,6 +1222,8 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
|
||||
argument is present. You probably want to use
|
||||
<nomodeline> for events that are not used when loading
|
||||
a buffer, such as |User|.
|
||||
Processing modelines is also skipped when no
|
||||
matching autocommands were executed.
|
||||
|
||||
*:doautoa* *:doautoall*
|
||||
:doautoa[ll] [<nomodeline>] [group] {event} [fname]
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*change.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 10
|
||||
*change.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Apr 12
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -109,7 +109,9 @@ is an error when 'cpoptions' includes the 'E' flag.
|
||||
*J*
|
||||
J Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines.
|
||||
Remove the indent and insert up to two spaces (see
|
||||
below).
|
||||
below). Fails when on the last line of the buffer.
|
||||
If [count] is too big it is reduce to the number of
|
||||
lines available.
|
||||
|
||||
*v_J*
|
||||
{Visual}J Join the highlighted lines, with a minimum of two
|
||||
@@ -850,7 +852,7 @@ Examples: >
|
||||
:s/abcde/abc^Mde/ modifies "abcde" to "abc", "de" (two lines)
|
||||
:s/$/\^M/ modifies "abcde" to "abcde^M"
|
||||
:s/\w\+/\u\0/g modifies "bla bla" to "Bla Bla"
|
||||
:s/\w\+/\L\u/g modifies "BLA bla" to "Bla Bla"
|
||||
:s/\w\+/\L\u\0/g modifies "BLA bla" to "Bla Bla"
|
||||
|
||||
Note: "\L\u" can be used to capitalize the first letter of a word. This is
|
||||
not compatible with Vi and older versions of Vim, where the "\u" would cancel
|
||||
@@ -1203,7 +1205,7 @@ name '"'. This means you have to type two double quotes. Writing to the ""
|
||||
register writes to register "0.
|
||||
{Vi: register contents are lost when changing files, no '"'}
|
||||
|
||||
2. Numbered registers "0 to "9 *quote_number* *quote0* *quote1*
|
||||
2. Numbered registers "0 to "9 *quote_number* *quote0* *quote1*
|
||||
*quote2* *quote3* *quote4* *quote9*
|
||||
Vim fills these registers with text from yank and delete commands.
|
||||
Numbered register 0 contains the text from the most recent yank command,
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*channel.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 23
|
||||
*channel.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 15
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -6,13 +6,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
Inter-process communication *channel*
|
||||
|
||||
DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT
|
||||
|
||||
Vim uses channels to communicate with other processes.
|
||||
A channel uses a socket or pipes *socket-interface*
|
||||
A channel uses a socket or pipes. *socket-interface*
|
||||
Jobs can be used to start processes and communicate with them.
|
||||
|
||||
Vim current supports up to 10 simultaneous channels.
|
||||
The Netbeans interface also uses a channel. |netbeans|
|
||||
|
||||
1. Overview |job-channel-overview|
|
||||
@@ -44,8 +40,8 @@ There are four main types of jobs:
|
||||
4. Running a filter, synchronously.
|
||||
Uses pipes.
|
||||
|
||||
For when using sockets See |job-start|, |job-may-start| and |channel-open|.
|
||||
For 2 and 3, one or more jobs using pipes, see |job-start|.
|
||||
For when using sockets See |job-start|, |job-start-nochannel| and
|
||||
|channel-open|. For 2 and 3, one or more jobs using pipes, see |job-start|.
|
||||
For 4 use the ":{range}!cmd" command, see |filter|.
|
||||
|
||||
Over the socket and pipes these protocols are available:
|
||||
@@ -61,7 +57,7 @@ Common combination are:
|
||||
crosss-refrences in a database.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
2. Channel demo *channel-demo*
|
||||
2. Channel demo *channel-demo* *demoserver.py*
|
||||
|
||||
This requires Python. The demo program can be found in
|
||||
$VIMRUNTIME/tools/demoserver.py
|
||||
@@ -74,7 +70,7 @@ In T1 you should see:
|
||||
=== socket opened === ~
|
||||
|
||||
You can now send a message to the server: >
|
||||
echo ch_sendexpr(channel, 'hello!')
|
||||
echo ch_evalexpr(channel, 'hello!')
|
||||
|
||||
The message is received in T1 and a response is sent back to Vim.
|
||||
You can see the raw messages in T1. What Vim sends is:
|
||||
@@ -101,7 +97,12 @@ Instead of giving a callback with every send call, it can also be specified
|
||||
when opening the channel: >
|
||||
call ch_close(channel)
|
||||
let channel = ch_open('localhost:8765', {'callback': "MyHandler"})
|
||||
call ch_sendexpr(channel, 'hello!', {'callback': 0})
|
||||
call ch_sendexpr(channel, 'hello!')
|
||||
|
||||
When trying out channels it's useful to see what is going on. You can tell
|
||||
Vim to write lines in log file: >
|
||||
call ch_logfile('channellog', 'w')
|
||||
See |ch_logfile()|.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. Opening a channel *channel-open*
|
||||
@@ -115,24 +116,14 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
|
||||
|
||||
{address} has the form "hostname:port". E.g., "localhost:8765".
|
||||
|
||||
{options} is a dictionary with optional entries:
|
||||
{options} is a dictionary with optional entries: *channel-open-options*
|
||||
|
||||
"mode" can be: *channel-mode*
|
||||
"json" - Use JSON, see below; most convenient way. Default.
|
||||
"js" - Use JS (JavaScript) encoding, more efficient than JSON.
|
||||
"nl" - Use messages that end in a NL character
|
||||
"raw" - Use raw messages
|
||||
|
||||
"in-mode" mode specifically for stdin, only when using pipes
|
||||
"out-mode" mode specifically for stdout, only when using pipes
|
||||
"err-mode" mode specifically for stderr, only when using pipes
|
||||
Note: when setting "mode" the part specific mode is
|
||||
overwritten. Therefore set "mode" first and the part specific
|
||||
mode later.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: when writing to a file or buffer NL mode is always used.
|
||||
|
||||
*channel-callback*
|
||||
*channel-callback* *E921*
|
||||
"callback" A function that is called when a message is received that is
|
||||
not handled otherwise. It gets two arguments: the channel
|
||||
and the received message. Example: >
|
||||
@@ -147,20 +138,23 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
|
||||
excluding the NL.
|
||||
When "mode" is "raw" the "msg" argument is the whole message
|
||||
as a string.
|
||||
*out-cb*
|
||||
"out-cb" A function like "callback" but used for stdout. Only for when
|
||||
the channel uses pipes. When "out-cb" wasn't set the channel
|
||||
callback is used.
|
||||
*err-cb*
|
||||
"err-cb" A function like "callback" but used for stderr. Only for when
|
||||
the channel uses pipes. When "err-cb" wasn't set the channel
|
||||
callback is used.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO: *close-cb*
|
||||
"close-cb" A function that is called when the channel gets closed, other
|
||||
For all callbacks: Use |function()| to bind it to arguments
|
||||
and/or a Dictionary. Or use the form "dict.function" to bind
|
||||
the Dictionary.
|
||||
|
||||
Callbacks are only called at a "safe" moment, usually when Vim
|
||||
is waiting for the user to type a character. Vim does not use
|
||||
multi-threading.
|
||||
|
||||
*close_cb*
|
||||
"close_cb" A function that is called when the channel gets closed, other
|
||||
than by calling ch_close(). It should be defined like this: >
|
||||
func MyCloseHandler(channel)
|
||||
< *waittime*
|
||||
< Vim will invoke callbacks that handle data before invoking
|
||||
close_cb, thus when this function is called no more data will
|
||||
be received.
|
||||
*waittime*
|
||||
"waittime" The time to wait for the connection to be made in
|
||||
milliseconds. A negative number waits forever.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -169,16 +163,10 @@ Use |ch_status()| to see if the channel could be opened.
|
||||
actually uses a 1 msec timeout, that is required on many
|
||||
systems. Use a larger value for a remote server, e.g. 10
|
||||
msec at least.
|
||||
|
||||
*channel-timeout*
|
||||
"timeout" The time to wait for a request when blocking, E.g. when using
|
||||
ch_sendexpr(). In milliseconds. The default is 2000 (2
|
||||
ch_evalexpr(). In milliseconds. The default is 2000 (2
|
||||
seconds).
|
||||
*out-timeout* *err-timeout*
|
||||
"out-timeout" Timeout for stdout. Only when using pipes.
|
||||
"err-timeout" Timeout for stderr. Only when using pipes.
|
||||
Note: when setting "timeout" the part specific mode is
|
||||
overwritten. Therefore set "timeout" first and the part
|
||||
specific mode later.
|
||||
|
||||
When "mode" is "json" or "js" the "callback" is optional. When omitted it is
|
||||
only possible to receive a message after sending one.
|
||||
@@ -191,6 +179,10 @@ For example, the handler can be added or changed: >
|
||||
call ch_setoptions(channel, {'callback': callback})
|
||||
When "callback" is empty (zero or an empty string) the handler is removed.
|
||||
|
||||
After a callback has been invoked Vim will update the screen and put the
|
||||
cursor back where it belongs. Thus the callback should not need to do
|
||||
`:redraw`.
|
||||
|
||||
The timeout can be changed: >
|
||||
call ch_setoptions(channel, {'timeout': msec})
|
||||
<
|
||||
@@ -202,19 +194,26 @@ pipes are used (stdin/stdout/stderr) they are all closed. This might not be
|
||||
what you want! Stopping the job with job_stop() might be better.
|
||||
All readahead is discarded, callbacks will no longer be invoked.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that a channel is closed in three stages:
|
||||
- The I/O ends, log message: "Closing channel". There can still be queued
|
||||
messages to read or callbacks to invoke.
|
||||
- The readahead is cleared, log message: "Clearing channel". Some variables
|
||||
may still reference the channel.
|
||||
- The channel is freed, log message: "Freeing channel".
|
||||
|
||||
When the channel can't be opened you will get an error message. There is a
|
||||
difference between MS-Windows and Unix: On Unix when the port doesn't exist
|
||||
ch_open() fails quickly. On MS-Windows "waittime" applies.
|
||||
*E898* *E899* *E900* *E901* *E902*
|
||||
*E898* *E901* *E902*
|
||||
|
||||
If there is an error reading or writing a channel it will be closed.
|
||||
*E896* *E630* *E631*
|
||||
*E630* *E631*
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
4. Using a JSON or JS channel *channel-use*
|
||||
|
||||
If mode is JSON then a message can be sent synchronously like this: >
|
||||
let response = ch_sendexpr(channel, {expr})
|
||||
let response = ch_evalexpr(channel, {expr})
|
||||
This awaits a response from the other side.
|
||||
|
||||
When mode is JS this works the same, except that the messages use
|
||||
@@ -222,7 +221,7 @@ JavaScript encoding. See |js_encode()| for the difference.
|
||||
|
||||
To send a message, without handling a response or letting the channel callback
|
||||
handle the response: >
|
||||
call ch_sendexpr(channel, {expr}, {'callback': 0})
|
||||
call ch_sendexpr(channel, {expr})
|
||||
|
||||
To send a message and letting the response handled by a specific function,
|
||||
asynchronously: >
|
||||
@@ -259,12 +258,9 @@ message, it must use the number zero:
|
||||
Then channel handler will then get {response} converted to Vim types. If the
|
||||
channel does not have a handler the message is dropped.
|
||||
|
||||
On read error or ch_close(), when using a socket, the string "DETACH" is sent,
|
||||
if still possible. The channel will then be inactive. For a JSON and JS mode
|
||||
channel quotes are used around DETACH, otherwise there are no quotes.
|
||||
|
||||
It is also possible to use ch_sendraw() on a JSON or JS channel. The caller
|
||||
is then completely responsible for correct encoding and decoding.
|
||||
It is also possible to use ch_sendraw() and ch_evalraw() on a JSON or JS
|
||||
channel. The caller is then completely responsible for correct encoding and
|
||||
decoding.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
5. Channel commands *channel-commands*
|
||||
@@ -312,6 +308,9 @@ completion or error. You could use functions in an |autoload| script:
|
||||
|
||||
You can also use "call |feedkeys()|" to insert any key sequence.
|
||||
|
||||
When there is an error a message is written to the channel log, if it exists,
|
||||
and v:errmsg is set to the error.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Command "normal" ~
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -363,7 +362,7 @@ Leave out the fourth argument if no response is to be sent:
|
||||
6. Using a RAW or NL channel *channel-raw*
|
||||
|
||||
If mode is RAW or NL then a message can be send like this: >
|
||||
let response = ch_sendraw(channel, {string})
|
||||
let response = ch_evalraw(channel, {string})
|
||||
|
||||
The {string} is sent as-is. The response will be what can be read from the
|
||||
channel right away. Since Vim doesn't know how to recognize the end of the
|
||||
@@ -377,18 +376,18 @@ first NL. This can also be just the NL for an empty response.
|
||||
If no NL was read before the channel timeout an empty string is returned.
|
||||
|
||||
To send a message, without expecting a response: >
|
||||
call ch_sendraw(channel, {string}, 0)
|
||||
call ch_sendraw(channel, {string})
|
||||
The process can send back a response, the channel handler will be called with
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
To send a message and letting the response handled by a specific function,
|
||||
asynchronously: >
|
||||
call ch_sendraw(channel, {string}, {callback})
|
||||
call ch_sendraw(channel, {string}, {'callback': 'MyHandler'})
|
||||
|
||||
This {string} can also be JSON, use |json_encode()| to create it and
|
||||
|json_decode()| to handle a received JSON message.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not possible to use |ch_sendexpr()| on a raw channel.
|
||||
It is not possible to use |ch_evalexpr()| or |ch_sendexpr()| on a raw channel.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
7. More channel functions *channel-more*
|
||||
@@ -397,9 +396,9 @@ To obtain the status of a channel: ch_status(channel). The possible results
|
||||
are:
|
||||
"fail" Failed to open the channel.
|
||||
"open" The channel can be used.
|
||||
"buffered" The channel was closed but there is data to read.
|
||||
"closed" The channel was closed.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO:
|
||||
To obtain the job associated with a channel: ch_getjob(channel)
|
||||
|
||||
To read one message from a channel: >
|
||||
@@ -415,6 +414,23 @@ To read all output from a RAW channel that is available: >
|
||||
To read the error output: >
|
||||
let output = ch_readraw(channel, {"part": "err"})
|
||||
|
||||
ch_read() and ch_readraw() use the channel timeout. When there is nothing to
|
||||
read within that time an empty string is returned. To specify a different
|
||||
timeout in msec use the "timeout" option:
|
||||
{"timeout": 123} ~
|
||||
To read from the error output use the "part" option:
|
||||
{"part": "err"} ~
|
||||
To read a message with a specific ID, on a JS or JSON channel:
|
||||
{"id": 99} ~
|
||||
When no ID is specified or the ID is -1, the first message is returned. This
|
||||
overrules any callback waiting for this message.
|
||||
|
||||
For a RAW channel this returns whatever is available, since Vim does not know
|
||||
where a message ends.
|
||||
For a NL channel this returns one message.
|
||||
For a JS or JSON channel this returns one decoded message.
|
||||
This includes any sequence number.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
8. Starting a job with a channel *job-start* *job*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -430,71 +446,95 @@ been received and not parsed correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
If the command produces a line of output that you want to deal with, specify
|
||||
a handler for stdout: >
|
||||
let job = job_start(command, {"out-cb": "MyHandler"})
|
||||
let job = job_start(command, {"out_cb": "MyHandler"})
|
||||
The function will be called with the channel and a message. You would define
|
||||
it like this: >
|
||||
func MyHandler(channel, msg)
|
||||
|
||||
Without the handler you need to read the output with |ch_read()| or
|
||||
|ch_readraw()|.
|
||||
|ch_readraw()|. You can do this in the close callback, see |read-in-close-cb|.
|
||||
|
||||
The handler defined for "out-cb" will not receive stderr. If you want to
|
||||
handle that separately, add an "err-cb" handler: >
|
||||
let job = job_start(command, {"out-cb": "MyHandler",
|
||||
\ "err-cb": "ErrHandler"})
|
||||
The handler defined for "out_cb" will not receive stderr. If you want to
|
||||
handle that separately, add an "err_cb" handler: >
|
||||
let job = job_start(command, {"out_cb": "MyHandler",
|
||||
\ "err_cb": "ErrHandler"})
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to handle both stderr and stdout with one handler use the
|
||||
"callback" option: >
|
||||
let job = job_start(command, {"callback": "MyHandler"})
|
||||
|
||||
You can send a message to the command with ch_sendraw(). If the channel is in
|
||||
JSON or JS mode you can use ch_sendexpr().
|
||||
You can send a message to the command with ch_evalraw(). If the channel is in
|
||||
JSON or JS mode you can use ch_evalexpr().
|
||||
|
||||
There are several options you can use, see |job-options|.
|
||||
For example, to start a job and write its output in buffer "dummy": >
|
||||
let logjob = job_start("tail -f /tmp/log",
|
||||
\ {'out-io': 'buffer', 'out-name': 'dummy'})
|
||||
\ {'out_io': 'buffer', 'out_name': 'dummy'})
|
||||
sbuf dummy
|
||||
|
||||
TODO:
|
||||
To run a job and read its output once it is done: >
|
||||
let job = job_start({command}, {'exit-cb': 'MyHandler'})
|
||||
func MyHandler(job, status)
|
||||
let channel = job_getchannel()
|
||||
let output = ch_readall(channel)
|
||||
" parse output
|
||||
|
||||
Job input from a buffer ~
|
||||
|
||||
To run a job that reads from a buffer: >
|
||||
let job = job_start({command},
|
||||
\ {'in_io': 'buffer', 'in_name': 'mybuffer'})
|
||||
<
|
||||
*E915* *E918*
|
||||
The buffer is found by name, similar to |bufnr()|. The buffer must exist and
|
||||
be loaded when job_start() is called.
|
||||
|
||||
By default this reads the whole buffer. This can be changed with the "in_top"
|
||||
and "in_bot" options.
|
||||
|
||||
A special mode is when "in_top" is set to zero and "in_bot" is not set: Every
|
||||
time a line is added to the buffer, the last-but-one line will be send to the
|
||||
job stdin. This allows for editing the last line and sending it when pressing
|
||||
Enter.
|
||||
|
||||
NUL bytes in the text will be passed to the job (internally Vim stores these
|
||||
as NL bytes).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Reading job output in the close callback ~
|
||||
*read-in-close-cb*
|
||||
If the job can take some time and you don't need intermediate results, you can
|
||||
add a close callback and read the output there: >
|
||||
|
||||
func! CloseHandler(channel)
|
||||
while ch_status(a:channel) == 'buffered'
|
||||
echomsg ch_read(a:channel)
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
let job = job_start(command, {'close_cb': 'CloseHandler'})
|
||||
|
||||
You will want to do something more useful than "echomsg".
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
9. Starting a job without a channel *job-start-nochannel*
|
||||
|
||||
To start another process without creating a channel: >
|
||||
let job = job_start(command, {"in-io": "null", "out-io": "null"})
|
||||
let job = job_start(command,
|
||||
\ {"in_io": "null", "out_io": "null", "err_io": "null"})
|
||||
|
||||
This starts {command} in the background, Vim does not wait for it to finish.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO:
|
||||
When Vim sees that neither stdin, stdout or stderr are connected, no channel
|
||||
will be created. Often you will want to include redirection in the command to
|
||||
avoid it getting stuck.
|
||||
|
||||
There are several options you can use, see |job-options|.
|
||||
|
||||
TODO: *job-may-start*
|
||||
To start a job only when connecting to an address does not work use
|
||||
job_maystart('command', {address}, {options}), For Example: >
|
||||
let job = job_maystart(command, address, {"waittime": 1000})
|
||||
let channel = job_gethandle(job)
|
||||
|
||||
This comes down to: >
|
||||
*job-start-if-needed*
|
||||
To start a job only when connecting to an address does not work, do something
|
||||
like this: >
|
||||
let channel = ch_open(address, {"waittime": 0})
|
||||
if ch_status(channel) == "fail"
|
||||
let job = job_start(command)
|
||||
let channel = ch_open(address, {"waittime": 1000})
|
||||
call job_sethandle(channel)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
Note that the specified waittime applies to when the job has been started.
|
||||
This gives the job some time to make the port available.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the waittime for ch_open() gives the job one second to make the port
|
||||
available.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
10. Job options *job-options*
|
||||
@@ -505,72 +545,156 @@ job_setoptions(job, {options}). Many options can be used with the channel
|
||||
related to the job, using ch_setoptions(channel, {options}).
|
||||
See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.
|
||||
|
||||
*in_mode* *out_mode* *err_mode*
|
||||
"in_mode" mode specifically for stdin, only when using pipes
|
||||
"out_mode" mode specifically for stdout, only when using pipes
|
||||
"err_mode" mode specifically for stderr, only when using pipes
|
||||
See |channel-mode| for the values.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: when setting "mode" the part specific mode is
|
||||
overwritten. Therefore set "mode" first and the part
|
||||
specific mode later.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: when writing to a file or buffer and when
|
||||
reading from a buffer NL mode is used by default.
|
||||
|
||||
*job-callback*
|
||||
"callback": handler Callback for something to read on any part of the
|
||||
channel.
|
||||
*job-out-cb*
|
||||
"out-cb": handler Callback for when there is something to read on
|
||||
stdout.
|
||||
*job-err-cb*
|
||||
"err-cb": handler Callback for when there is something to read on
|
||||
stderr.
|
||||
*job-close-cb*
|
||||
"close-cb": handler Callback for when the channel is closed. Same as
|
||||
"close-cb" on ch_open().
|
||||
*job-exit-cb*
|
||||
"exit-cb": handler Callback for when the job ends. The arguments are the
|
||||
*job-out_cb* *out_cb*
|
||||
"out_cb": handler Callback for when there is something to read on
|
||||
stdout. Only for when the channel uses pipes. When
|
||||
"out_cb" wasn't set the channel callback is used.
|
||||
The two arguments are the channel and the message.
|
||||
|
||||
*job-err_cb* *err_cb*
|
||||
"err_cb": handler Callback for when there is something to read on
|
||||
stderr. Only for when the channel uses pipes. When
|
||||
"err_cb" wasn't set the channel callback is used.
|
||||
The two arguments are the channel and the message.
|
||||
*job-close_cb*
|
||||
"close_cb": handler Callback for when the channel is closed. Same as
|
||||
"close_cb" on |ch_open()|, see |close_cb|.
|
||||
*job-exit_cb*
|
||||
"exit_cb": handler Callback for when the job ends. The arguments are the
|
||||
job and the exit status.
|
||||
Vim checks about every 10 seconds for jobs that ended.
|
||||
The callback can also be triggered by calling
|
||||
|job_status()|.
|
||||
The check also be triggered by calling |job_status()|,
|
||||
which may then invoke the exit_cb handler.
|
||||
Note that data can be buffered, callbacks may still be
|
||||
called after the process ends.
|
||||
*job-timeout*
|
||||
"timeout" The time to wait for a request when blocking, E.g.
|
||||
when using ch_evalexpr(). In milliseconds. The
|
||||
default is 2000 (2 seconds).
|
||||
*out_timeout* *err_timeout*
|
||||
"out_timeout" Timeout for stdout. Only when using pipes.
|
||||
"err_timeout" Timeout for stderr. Only when using pipes.
|
||||
Note: when setting "timeout" the part specific mode is
|
||||
overwritten. Therefore set "timeout" first and the
|
||||
part specific mode later.
|
||||
|
||||
*job-stoponexit*
|
||||
"stoponexit": {signal} Send {signal} to the job when Vim exits. See
|
||||
|job_stop()| for possible values.
|
||||
"stoponexit": "" Do not stop the job when Vim exits.
|
||||
The default is "term".
|
||||
|
||||
TODO: *job-term*
|
||||
*job-term*
|
||||
"term": "open" Start a terminal and connect the job
|
||||
stdin/stdout/stderr to it.
|
||||
NOTE: Not implemented yet!
|
||||
|
||||
*job-in-io*
|
||||
"in-io": "null" disconnect stdin TODO
|
||||
"in-io": "pipe" stdin is connected to the channel (default)
|
||||
"in-io": "file" stdin reads from a file TODO
|
||||
"in-io": "buffer" stdin reads from a buffer TODO
|
||||
"in-name": "/path/file" the name of he file or buffer to read from
|
||||
"in-buf": number the number of the buffer to read from TODO
|
||||
"channel": {channel} Use an existing channel instead of creating a new one.
|
||||
The parts of the channel that get used for the new job
|
||||
will be disconnected from what they were used before.
|
||||
If the channel was still use by another job this may
|
||||
cause I/O errors.
|
||||
Existing callbacks and other settings remain.
|
||||
|
||||
*job-out-io*
|
||||
"out-io": "null" disconnect stdout TODO
|
||||
"out-io": "pipe" stdout is connected to the channel (default)
|
||||
"out-io": "file" stdout writes to a file TODO
|
||||
"out-io": "buffer" stdout appends to a buffer
|
||||
"out-name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
|
||||
"out-buf": number the number of the buffer to write to TODO
|
||||
*job-in_io* *in_top* *in_bot* *in_name* *in_buf*
|
||||
"in_io": "null" disconnect stdin (read from /dev/null)
|
||||
"in_io": "pipe" stdin is connected to the channel (default)
|
||||
"in_io": "file" stdin reads from a file
|
||||
"in_io": "buffer" stdin reads from a buffer
|
||||
"in_top": number when using "buffer": first line to send (default: 1)
|
||||
"in_bot": number when using "buffer": last line to send (default: last)
|
||||
"in_name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to read from
|
||||
"in_buf": number the number of the buffer to read from
|
||||
|
||||
*job-err-io*
|
||||
"err-io": "out" same as stdout TODO
|
||||
"err-io": "null" disconnect stderr TODO
|
||||
"err-io": "pipe" stderr is connected to the channel (default)
|
||||
"err-io": "file" stderr writes to a file TODO
|
||||
"err-io": "buffer" stderr appends to a buffer TODO
|
||||
"err-name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
|
||||
"err-buf": number the number of the buffer to write to TODO
|
||||
*job-out_io* *out_name* *out_buf*
|
||||
"out_io": "null" disconnect stdout (goes to /dev/null)
|
||||
"out_io": "pipe" stdout is connected to the channel (default)
|
||||
"out_io": "file" stdout writes to a file
|
||||
"out_io": "buffer" stdout appends to a buffer (see below)
|
||||
"out_name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
|
||||
"out_buf": number the number of the buffer to write to
|
||||
"out_modifiable": 0 when writing to a buffer, 'modifiable' will be off
|
||||
(see below)
|
||||
|
||||
When the IO mode is "buffer" and there is a callback, the text is appended to
|
||||
the buffer before invoking the callback.
|
||||
*E915*
|
||||
The name of the buffer is compared the full name of existing buffers. If
|
||||
there is a match that buffer is used. Otherwise a new buffer is created,
|
||||
where 'buftype' is set to "nofile" and 'bufhidden' to "hide". If you prefer
|
||||
other settings, create the buffer first and pass the buffer number.
|
||||
*job-err_io* *err_name* *err_buf*
|
||||
"err_io": "out" stderr messages to go to stdout
|
||||
"err_io": "null" disconnect stderr (goes to /dev/null)
|
||||
"err_io": "pipe" stderr is connected to the channel (default)
|
||||
"err_io": "file" stderr writes to a file
|
||||
"err_io": "buffer" stderr appends to a buffer (see below)
|
||||
"err_name": "/path/file" the name of the file or buffer to write to
|
||||
"err_buf": number the number of the buffer to write to
|
||||
"err_modifiable": 0 when writing to a buffer, 'modifiable' will be off
|
||||
(see below)
|
||||
|
||||
"block_write": number only for testing: pretend every other write to stdin
|
||||
will block
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Writing to a buffer ~
|
||||
|
||||
When the out_io or err_io mode is "buffer" and there is a callback, the text
|
||||
is appended to the buffer before invoking the callback.
|
||||
|
||||
When a buffer is used both for input and output, the output lines are put
|
||||
above the last line, since the last line is what is written to the channel
|
||||
input. Otherwise lines are appended below the last line.
|
||||
|
||||
When using JS or JSON mode with "buffer", only messages with zero or negative
|
||||
ID will be added to the buffer, after decoding + encoding. Messages with a
|
||||
positive number will be handled by a callback, commands are handled as usual.
|
||||
|
||||
The name of the buffer from "out_name" or "err_name" is compared the full name
|
||||
of existing buffers, also after expanding the name for the current directory.
|
||||
E.g., when a buffer was created with ":edit somename" and the buffer name is
|
||||
"somename" it will use that buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
If there is no matching buffer a new buffer is created. Use an empty name to
|
||||
always create a new buffer. |ch_getbufnr()| can then be used to get the
|
||||
buffer number.
|
||||
|
||||
For a new buffer 'buftype' is set to "nofile" and 'bufhidden' to "hide". If
|
||||
you prefer other settings, create the buffer first and pass the buffer number.
|
||||
|
||||
The "out_modifiable" and "err_modifiable" options can be used to set the
|
||||
'modifiable' option off, or write to a buffer that has 'modifiable' off. That
|
||||
means that lines will be appended to the buffer, but the user can't easily
|
||||
change the buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
When an existing buffer is to be written where 'modifiable' is off and the
|
||||
"out_modifiable" or "err_modifiable" options is not zero, an error is given
|
||||
and the buffer will not be written to.
|
||||
|
||||
When the buffer written to is displayed in a window and the cursor is in the
|
||||
first column of the last line, the cursor will be moved to the newly added
|
||||
line and the window is scrolled up to show the cursor if needed.
|
||||
|
||||
Undo is synced for every added line.
|
||||
Undo is synced for every added line. NUL bytes are accepted (internally Vim
|
||||
stores these as NL bytes).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Writing to a file ~
|
||||
*E920*
|
||||
The file is created with permissions 600 (read-write for the user, not
|
||||
accessible for others). Use |setfperm()| to change this.
|
||||
|
||||
If the file already exists it is truncated.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
11. Controlling a job *job-control*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*editing.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 16
|
||||
*editing.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Mar 28
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ These are the common ones:
|
||||
To avoid the special meaning of the wildcards prepend a backslash. However,
|
||||
on MS-Windows the backslash is a path separator and "path\[abc]" is still seen
|
||||
as a wildcard when "[" is in the 'isfname' option. A simple way to avoid this
|
||||
is to use "path\[[]abc]". Then the file "path[abc]" literally.
|
||||
is to use "path\[[]abc]", this matches the file "path\[abc]".
|
||||
|
||||
*starstar-wildcard*
|
||||
Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, Mac OS/X and a few other systems.
|
||||
@@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ Examples: >
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to always use ":confirm", set the 'confirm' option.
|
||||
|
||||
*:browse* *:bro* *E338* *E614* *E615* *E616* *E578*
|
||||
*:browse* *:bro* *E338* *E614* *E615* *E616*
|
||||
:bro[wse] {command} Open a file selection dialog for an argument to
|
||||
{command}. At present this works for |:e|, |:w|,
|
||||
|:wall|, |:wq|, |:wqall|, |:x|, |:xall|, |:exit|,
|
||||
|
||||
1900
runtime/doc/eval.txt
1900
runtime/doc/eval.txt
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*filetype.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2015 Dec 06
|
||||
*filetype.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jun 20
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -579,12 +579,56 @@ CTRL-] Jump to the manual page for the word under the cursor.
|
||||
CTRL-T Jump back to the previous manual page.
|
||||
q Same as ":quit"
|
||||
|
||||
To use a vertical split instead of horizontal: >
|
||||
let g:ft_man_open_mode = 'vert'
|
||||
To use a new tab: >
|
||||
let g:ft_man_open_mode = 'tab'
|
||||
|
||||
To enable folding use this: >
|
||||
let g:ft_man_folding_enable = 1
|
||||
If you do not like the default folding, use an autocommand to add your desired
|
||||
folding style instead. For example: >
|
||||
autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable
|
||||
|
||||
You may also want to set 'keywordprg' to make the |K| command open a manual
|
||||
page in a Vim window: >
|
||||
set keywordprg=:Man
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MANPAGER *manpager.vim*
|
||||
|
||||
The :Man command allows you to turn Vim into a manpager (that syntax highlights
|
||||
manpages and follows linked manpages on hitting CTRL-]).
|
||||
|
||||
Works on:
|
||||
|
||||
- Linux
|
||||
- Mac OS
|
||||
- FreeBSD
|
||||
- Cygwin
|
||||
- Win 10 under Bash
|
||||
|
||||
Untested:
|
||||
|
||||
- Amiga OS
|
||||
- BeOS
|
||||
- OS/2
|
||||
|
||||
For bash,zsh,ksh or dash by adding to the config file (.bashrc,.zshrc, ...)
|
||||
|
||||
export MANPAGER="env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
|
||||
|
||||
For (t)csh by adding to the config file
|
||||
|
||||
setenv MANPAGER "env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
|
||||
|
||||
For fish by adding to the config file
|
||||
|
||||
set -x MANPAGER "env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
|
||||
|
||||
If man sets the $MAN_PN environment variable, like man-db, the most common
|
||||
implementation on Linux and Mac OS, then the "env MAN_PN=1 " part above is
|
||||
superfluous.
|
||||
|
||||
PDF *ft-pdf-plugin*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2014 Mar 08
|
||||
*gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Apr 08
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ If a name is used that exists on other systems, but not in X11, the default
|
||||
"arrow" pointer is used.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
5. GTK version *gui-gtk* *GTK+* *GTK*
|
||||
5. GTK version *gui-gtk* *GTK+* *GTK* *GTK3*
|
||||
|
||||
The GTK version of the GUI works a little bit different.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*help.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 22
|
||||
*help.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Mar 31
|
||||
|
||||
VIM - main help file
|
||||
k
|
||||
@@ -164,7 +164,6 @@ Interfaces ~
|
||||
|if_mzsch.txt| MzScheme interface
|
||||
|if_perl.txt| Perl interface
|
||||
|if_pyth.txt| Python interface
|
||||
|if_sniff.txt| SNiFF+ interface
|
||||
|if_tcl.txt| Tcl interface
|
||||
|if_ole.txt| OLE automation interface for Win32
|
||||
|if_ruby.txt| Ruby interface
|
||||
@@ -179,6 +178,7 @@ Versions ~
|
||||
|version5.txt| Differences between Vim version 4.6 and 5.x
|
||||
|version6.txt| Differences between Vim version 5.7 and 6.x
|
||||
|version7.txt| Differences between Vim version 6.4 and 7.x
|
||||
|version8.txt| Differences between Vim version 7.4 and 8.x
|
||||
*sys-file-list*
|
||||
Remarks about specific systems ~
|
||||
|os_390.txt| OS/390 Unix
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*helphelp.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2014 Sep 19
|
||||
*helphelp.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Apr 01
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -197,6 +197,9 @@ command: >
|
||||
*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
|
||||
:helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}
|
||||
Generate the help tags file(s) for directory {dir}.
|
||||
When {dir} is ALL then all "doc" directories in
|
||||
'runtimepath' will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory and
|
||||
sub-directories are scanned for a help tag definition
|
||||
in between stars. The "*.??x" files are for
|
||||
@@ -205,9 +208,11 @@ command: >
|
||||
sorted.
|
||||
When there are duplicates an error message is given.
|
||||
An existing tags file is silently overwritten.
|
||||
|
||||
The optional "++t" argument forces adding the
|
||||
"help-tags" tag. This is also done when the {dir} is
|
||||
equal to $VIMRUNTIME/doc.
|
||||
|
||||
To rebuild the help tags in the runtime directory
|
||||
(requires write permission there): >
|
||||
:helptags $VIMRUNTIME/doc
|
||||
@@ -258,7 +263,9 @@ The second one finds the English user manual, even when 'helplang' is set to
|
||||
|
||||
When using command-line completion for the ":help" command, the "@en"
|
||||
extension is only shown when a tag exists for multiple languages. When the
|
||||
tag only exists for English "@en" is omitted.
|
||||
tag only exists for English "@en" is omitted. When the first candidate has an
|
||||
"@ab" extension and it matches the first language in 'helplang' "@ab" is also
|
||||
omitted.
|
||||
|
||||
When using |CTRL-]| or ":help!" in a non-English help file Vim will try to
|
||||
find the tag in the same language. If not found then 'helplang' will be used
|
||||
@@ -315,6 +322,10 @@ aligned on a line.
|
||||
When referring to an existing help tag and to create a hot-link, place the
|
||||
name between two bars (|) eg. |help-writing|.
|
||||
|
||||
When referring to a Vim command and to create a hot-link, place the
|
||||
name between two backticks, eg. inside `:filetype`. You will see this is
|
||||
highlighted as a command, like a code block (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
When referring to a Vim option in the help file, place the option name between
|
||||
two single quotes, eg. 'statusline'
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ command does the same and also splits the window (short: "scs").
|
||||
|
||||
The available subcommands are:
|
||||
|
||||
*E563* *E564* *E566* *E568* *E569* *E622* *E623*
|
||||
*E625* *E626* *E609*
|
||||
*E563* *E564* *E566* *E568* *E622* *E623* *E625*
|
||||
*E626* *E609*
|
||||
add : Add a new cscope database/connection.
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE :cs add {file|dir} [pre-path] [flags]
|
||||
@@ -129,6 +129,7 @@ The available subcommands are:
|
||||
6 or e: Find this egrep pattern
|
||||
7 or f: Find this file
|
||||
8 or i: Find files #including this file
|
||||
9 or a: Find places where this symbol is assigned a value
|
||||
|
||||
For all types, except 4 and 6, leading white space for {name} is
|
||||
removed. For 4 and 6 there is exactly one space between {querytype}
|
||||
@@ -255,13 +256,13 @@ started will have no effect!
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix| feature}
|
||||
'cscopequickfix' specifies whether to use quickfix window to show cscope
|
||||
results. This is a list of comma-separated values. Each item consists of
|
||||
|cscope-find| command (s, g, d, c, t, e, f or i) and flag (+, - or 0).
|
||||
|cscope-find| command (s, g, d, c, t, e, f, i or a) and flag (+, - or 0).
|
||||
'+' indicates that results must be appended to quickfix window,
|
||||
'-' implies previous results clearance, '0' or command absence - don't use
|
||||
quickfix. Search is performed from start until first command occurrence.
|
||||
The default value is "" (don't use quickfix anyway). The following value
|
||||
seems to be useful: >
|
||||
:set cscopequickfix=s-,c-,d-,i-,t-,e-
|
||||
:set cscopequickfix=s-,c-,d-,i-,t-,e-,a-
|
||||
<
|
||||
*cscopetag* *cst*
|
||||
If 'cscopetag' is set, the commands ":tag" and CTRL-] as well as "vim -t"
|
||||
@@ -422,6 +423,7 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
|
||||
nmap <C-_>f :cs find f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
|
||||
nmap <C-_>i :cs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
|
||||
nmap <C-_>d :cs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
|
||||
nmap <C-_>a :cs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
|
||||
|
||||
" Using 'CTRL-spacebar' then a search type makes the vim window
|
||||
" split horizontally, with search result displayed in
|
||||
@@ -435,6 +437,7 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
|
||||
nmap <C-Space>f :scs find f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
|
||||
nmap <C-Space>i :scs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
|
||||
nmap <C-Space>d :scs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
|
||||
nmap <C-Space>a :scs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
|
||||
|
||||
" Hitting CTRL-space *twice* before the search type does a vertical
|
||||
" split instead of a horizontal one
|
||||
@@ -453,6 +456,8 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
|
||||
\:vert scs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
|
||||
nmap <C-Space><C-Space>d
|
||||
\:vert scs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
|
||||
nmap <C-Space><C-Space>a
|
||||
\:vert scs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
7. Cscope availability and information *cscope-info*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -410,13 +410,20 @@ This means that Vim will search for the Lua DLL or shared library file only
|
||||
when needed. When you don't use the Lua interface you don't need it, thus
|
||||
you can use Vim without this file.
|
||||
|
||||
On MS-Windows to use the Lua interface the Lua DLL must be in your search path.
|
||||
In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used. The version
|
||||
of the DLL must match the Lua version Vim was compiled with.
|
||||
|
||||
On Unix the 'luadll' option can be used to specify the Lua shared library file
|
||||
instead of DYNAMIC_LUA_DLL file what was specified at compile time. The
|
||||
version of the shared library must match the Lua version Vim was compiled with.
|
||||
MS-Windows ~
|
||||
|
||||
To use the Lua interface the Lua DLL must be in your search path. In a
|
||||
console window type "path" to see what directories are used. The 'luadll'
|
||||
option can be also used to specify the Lua DLL. The version of the DLL must
|
||||
match the Lua version Vim was compiled with.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Unix ~
|
||||
|
||||
The 'luadll' option can be used to specify the Lua shared library file instead
|
||||
of DYNAMIC_LUA_DLL file what was specified at compile time. The version of
|
||||
the shared library must match the Lua version Vim was compiled with.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -284,7 +284,8 @@ used for building Vim.
|
||||
To use the Perl interface the Perl DLL must be in your search path.
|
||||
If Vim reports it cannot find the perl512.dll, make sure your $PATH includes
|
||||
the directory where it is located. The Perl installer normally does that.
|
||||
In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
|
||||
In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used. The
|
||||
'perldll' option can be also used to specify the Perl DLL.
|
||||
|
||||
The name of the DLL must match the Perl version Vim was compiled with.
|
||||
Currently the name is "perl512.dll". That is for Perl 5.12. To know for
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -653,10 +653,37 @@ vim.List object *python-List*
|
||||
class List(vim.List): # Subclassing
|
||||
|
||||
vim.Function object *python-Function*
|
||||
Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Supports `.name`
|
||||
attribute and is callable. Accepts special keyword argument `self`, see
|
||||
|Dictionary-function|. You can also use `vim.Function(name)` constructor,
|
||||
it is the same as `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
|
||||
Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special
|
||||
keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use
|
||||
`vim.Function(name)` constructor, it is the same as
|
||||
`vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
|
||||
|
||||
Attributes (read-only):
|
||||
Attribute Description ~
|
||||
name Function name.
|
||||
args `None` or a |python-List| object with arguments. Note
|
||||
that this is a copy of the arguments list, constructed
|
||||
each time you request this attribute. Modifications made
|
||||
to the list will be ignored (but not to the containers
|
||||
inside argument list: this is like |copy()| and not
|
||||
|deepcopy()|).
|
||||
self `None` or a |python-Dictionary| object with self
|
||||
dictionary. Note that explicit `self` keyword used when
|
||||
calling resulting object overrides this attribute.
|
||||
auto_rebind Boolean. True if partial created from this Python object
|
||||
and stored in the VimL dictionary should be automatically
|
||||
rebound to the dictionary it is stored in when this
|
||||
dictionary is indexed. Exposes Vim internal difference
|
||||
between `dict.func` (auto_rebind=True) and
|
||||
`function(dict.func,dict)` (auto_rebind=False). This
|
||||
attribute makes no sense if `self` attribute is `None`.
|
||||
|
||||
Constructor additionally accepts `args`, `self` and `auto_rebind`
|
||||
keywords. If `args` and/or `self` argument is given then it constructs
|
||||
a partial, see |function()|. `auto_rebind` is only used when `self`
|
||||
argument is given, otherwise it is assumed to be `True` regardless of
|
||||
whether it was given or not. If `self` is given then it defaults to
|
||||
`False`.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples: >
|
||||
f = vim.Function('tr') # Constructor
|
||||
@@ -670,6 +697,11 @@ vim.Function object *python-Function*
|
||||
print f(self={}) # Like call('DictFun', [], {})
|
||||
print isinstance(f, vim.Function) # True
|
||||
|
||||
p = vim.Function('DictFun', self={})
|
||||
print f()
|
||||
p = vim.Function('tr', args=['abc', 'a'])
|
||||
print f('b')
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
8. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions *python-pyeval*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -686,18 +718,24 @@ This means that Vim will search for the Python DLL or shared library file only
|
||||
when needed. When you don't use the Python interface you don't need it, thus
|
||||
you can use Vim without this file.
|
||||
|
||||
On MS-Windows to use the Python interface the Python DLL must be in your search
|
||||
path. In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
|
||||
|
||||
MS-Windows ~
|
||||
|
||||
To use the Python interface the Python DLL must be in your search path. In a
|
||||
console window type "path" to see what directories are used. The 'pythondll'
|
||||
or 'pythonthreedll' option can be also used to specify the Python DLL.
|
||||
|
||||
The name of the DLL must match the Python version Vim was compiled with.
|
||||
Currently the name is "python24.dll". That is for Python 2.4. To know for
|
||||
sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "python\d*.dll\c".
|
||||
|
||||
On Unix the 'pythondll' or 'pythonthreedll' option can be used to specify the
|
||||
Python shared library file instead of DYNAMIC_PYTHON_DLL or
|
||||
DYNAMIC_PYTHON3_DLL file what were specified at compile time. The version of
|
||||
the shared library must match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was
|
||||
compiled with.
|
||||
|
||||
Unix ~
|
||||
|
||||
The 'pythondll' or 'pythonthreedll' option can be used to specify the Python
|
||||
shared library file instead of DYNAMIC_PYTHON_DLL or DYNAMIC_PYTHON3_DLL file
|
||||
what were specified at compile time. The version of the shared library must
|
||||
match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was compiled with.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
10. Python 3 *python3*
|
||||
@@ -708,7 +746,7 @@ if the `:py3` command is working: >
|
||||
:py3 print("Hello")
|
||||
< *:py3file*
|
||||
The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
|
||||
*:py3do* *E863*
|
||||
*:py3do*
|
||||
The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -199,6 +199,7 @@ This means that Vim will search for the Ruby DLL file or shared library only
|
||||
when needed. When you don't use the Ruby interface you don't need it, thus
|
||||
you can use Vim even though this library file is not on your system.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MS-Windows ~
|
||||
|
||||
You need to install the right version of Ruby for this to work. You can find
|
||||
@@ -207,7 +208,8 @@ http://www.garbagecollect.jp/ruby/mswin32/en/download/release.html
|
||||
Currently that is ruby-1.9.1-p429-i386-mswin32.zip
|
||||
|
||||
To use the Ruby interface the Ruby DLL must be in your search path. In a
|
||||
console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
|
||||
console window type "path" to see what directories are used. The 'rubydll'
|
||||
option can be also used to specify the Ruby DLL.
|
||||
|
||||
The name of the DLL must match the Ruby version Vim was compiled with.
|
||||
Currently the name is "msvcrt-ruby191.dll". That is for Ruby 1.9.1. To know
|
||||
@@ -218,6 +220,7 @@ and comment-out the check for _MSC_VER.
|
||||
You may also need to rename the include directory name to match the version,
|
||||
strangely for Ruby 1.9.3 the directory is called 1.9.1.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Unix ~
|
||||
|
||||
The 'rubydll' option can be used to specify the Ruby shared library file
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,95 +1,11 @@
|
||||
*if_sniff.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*if_sniff.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 27
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
|
||||
by Anton Leherbauer (toni@takefive.co.at)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SNiFF+ and Vim *sniff*
|
||||
|
||||
1. Introduction |sniff-intro|
|
||||
2. Commands |sniff-commands|
|
||||
3. Compiling Vim with SNiFF+ interface |sniff-compiling|
|
||||
|
||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands} *E275* *E274* *E276* *E278* *E279*
|
||||
|
||||
The SNiFF+ interface only works, when Vim was compiled with the |+sniff|
|
||||
feature.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Introduction *sniff-intro*
|
||||
|
||||
The following features for the use with SNiFF+ are available:
|
||||
|
||||
* Vim can be used for all editing requests
|
||||
* SNiFF+ recognizes and updates all browsers when a file is saved in Vim
|
||||
* SNiFF+ commands can be issued directly from Vim
|
||||
|
||||
How to use Vim with SNiFF+
|
||||
1. Make sure SNiFF+ is running.
|
||||
2. In the Editor view of the Preferences dialog set the Field named
|
||||
'External Editor' to 'Emacs/Vim'.
|
||||
4. Start Vim
|
||||
5. Connect to SNiFF+ (:sniff connect)
|
||||
|
||||
Once a connection is established, SNiFF+ uses Vim for all requests to show or
|
||||
edit source code. On the other hand, you can send queries to SNiFF+ with the
|
||||
:sniff command.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
2. Commands *sniff-commands*
|
||||
|
||||
*:sniff* *:sni*
|
||||
:sni[ff] request [symbol] Send request to sniff with optional symbol.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
:sni[ff] Display all possible requests and the connection
|
||||
status
|
||||
|
||||
Most requests require a symbol (identifier) as parameter. If it is omitted,
|
||||
Vim will use the current word under the cursor.
|
||||
The available requests are listed below:
|
||||
|
||||
request mapping description
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
connect sc Establish connection with SNiFF+.
|
||||
Make sure SNiFF+ is prepared for this in the
|
||||
Preferences
|
||||
disconnect sq Disconnect from SNiFF+. You can reconnect any
|
||||
time with :sniff connect (or 'sc')
|
||||
toggle st Toggle between implementation
|
||||
and definition file
|
||||
find-symbol sf Load the symbol into a Symbol Browser
|
||||
browse-class sb Loads the class into a Class Browser
|
||||
superclass ss Edit superclass of symbol
|
||||
overridden so Edit overridden method of symbol
|
||||
retrieve-file srf Retrieve symbol in current file
|
||||
retrieve-project srp Retrieve symbol in current project
|
||||
retrieve-all-projects srP Retrieve symbol in all projects
|
||||
retrieve-next sR Retrieve symbol using current Retriever
|
||||
settings
|
||||
goto-symbol sg Goto definition or implementation of symbol
|
||||
hierarchy sh Load symbol into the Hierarchy Browser
|
||||
restr-hier sH same as above but show only related classes
|
||||
xref-to sxt Start a refers-to query on symbol and
|
||||
load the results into the Cross Referencer
|
||||
xref-by sxb Start a referred-by query on symbol
|
||||
xref-has sxh Start a refers-to components query on symbol
|
||||
xref-used-by sxu Start a referred-by as component query on
|
||||
symbol
|
||||
show-docu sd Show documentation of symbol
|
||||
gen-docu sD Generate documentation of symbol
|
||||
|
||||
The mappings are defined in a file 'sniff.vim', which is part of every SNiFF+
|
||||
product ($SNIFF_DIR/config/sniff.vim). This file is sourced whenever Vim
|
||||
connects to SNiFF+.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. Compiling Vim with SNiFF+ interface *sniff-compiling*
|
||||
|
||||
To compile Vim with SNiFF+ support, you need two source files of the extra
|
||||
archive: if_sniff.c and if_sniff.h.
|
||||
On Unix: Edit the Makefile and uncomment the line "--enable-sniff". Or run
|
||||
configure manually with this argument.
|
||||
On NT: Specify SNIFF=yes with your make command.
|
||||
The SNiFF+ support was removed at patch 7.4.1433. If you want to check it out
|
||||
sync to before that.
|
||||
|
||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ The Tcl Interface to Vim *tcl* *Tcl* *TCL*
|
||||
8. Examples |tcl-examples|
|
||||
9. Dynamic loading |tcl-dynamic|
|
||||
|
||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands} *E280* *E281*
|
||||
{Vi does not have any of these commands} *E280*
|
||||
|
||||
The Tcl interface only works when Vim was compiled with the |+tcl| feature.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -526,7 +526,8 @@ can use Vim without this file.
|
||||
MS-Windows ~
|
||||
|
||||
To use the Tcl interface the Tcl DLL must be in your search path. In a
|
||||
console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
|
||||
console window type "path" to see what directories are used. The 'tcldll'
|
||||
option can be also used to specify the Tcl DLL.
|
||||
|
||||
The name of the DLL must match the Tcl version Vim was compiled with.
|
||||
Currently the name is "tcl86.dll". That is for Tcl 8.6. To know for sure
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ PHP indenting can be altered in several ways by modifying the values of some
|
||||
global variables:
|
||||
|
||||
*php-comment* *PHP_autoformatcomment*
|
||||
To not enable auto-formating of comments by default (if you want to use your
|
||||
To not enable auto-formatting of comments by default (if you want to use your
|
||||
own 'formatoptions'): >
|
||||
:let g:PHP_autoformatcomment = 0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*index.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 24
|
||||
*index.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 16
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ tag char action in Insert mode ~
|
||||
|i_CTRL-G_k| CTRL-G k line up, to column where inserting started
|
||||
|i_CTRL-G_k| CTRL-G <Up> line up, to column where inserting started
|
||||
|i_CTRL-G_u| CTRL-G u start new undoable edit
|
||||
|i_CTRL-G_U| CTRL-G U don't break undo with next cursor movement
|
||||
|i_<BS>| <BS> delete character before the cursor
|
||||
|i_digraph| {char1}<BS>{char2}
|
||||
enter digraph (only when 'digraph' option set)
|
||||
@@ -859,6 +860,7 @@ tag command note action in Visual mode ~
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|v_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N stop Visual mode
|
||||
|v_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
|
||||
|v_CTRL-A| CTRL-A 2 add N to number in highlighted text
|
||||
|v_CTRL-C| CTRL-C stop Visual mode
|
||||
|v_CTRL-G| CTRL-G toggle between Visual mode and Select mode
|
||||
|v_<BS>| <BS> 2 Select mode: delete highlighted area
|
||||
@@ -867,6 +869,7 @@ tag command note action in Visual mode ~
|
||||
command
|
||||
|v_CTRL-V| CTRL-V make Visual mode blockwise or stop Visual
|
||||
mode
|
||||
|v_CTRL-X| CTRL-X 2 subtract N from number in highlighted text
|
||||
|v_<Esc>| <Esc> stop Visual mode
|
||||
|v_CTRL-]| CTRL-] jump to highlighted tag
|
||||
|v_!| !{filter} 2 filter the highlighted lines through the
|
||||
@@ -923,6 +926,8 @@ tag command note action in Visual mode ~
|
||||
|v_a}| a} same as aB
|
||||
|v_c| c 2 delete highlighted area and start insert
|
||||
|v_d| d 2 delete highlighted area
|
||||
|v_g_CTRL-A| g CTRL-A 2 add N to number in highlighted text
|
||||
|v_g_CTRL-X| g CTRL-X 2 subtract N from number in highlighted text
|
||||
|v_gJ| gJ 2 join the highlighted lines without
|
||||
inserting spaces
|
||||
|v_gq| gq 2 format the highlighted lines
|
||||
@@ -1134,6 +1139,7 @@ tag command action ~
|
||||
|:caddfile| :caddf[ile] add error message to current quickfix list
|
||||
|:call| :cal[l] call a function
|
||||
|:catch| :cat[ch] part of a :try command
|
||||
|:cbottom| :cbo[ttom] scroll to the bottom of the quickfix window
|
||||
|:cbuffer| :cb[uffer] parse error messages and jump to first error
|
||||
|:cc| :cc go to specific error
|
||||
|:cclose| :ccl[ose] close quickfix window
|
||||
@@ -1151,8 +1157,10 @@ tag command action ~
|
||||
|:chdir| :chd[ir] change directory
|
||||
|:checkpath| :che[ckpath] list included files
|
||||
|:checktime| :checkt[ime] check timestamp of loaded buffers
|
||||
|:clist| :cl[ist] list all errors
|
||||
|:chistory| :chi[story] list the error lists
|
||||
|:clast| :cla[st] go to the specified error, default last one
|
||||
|:clearjumps| :cle[arjumps] clear the jump list
|
||||
|:clist| :cl[ist] list all errors
|
||||
|:close| :clo[se] close current window
|
||||
|:cmap| :cm[ap] like ":map" but for Command-line mode
|
||||
|:cmapclear| :cmapc[lear] clear all mappings for Command-line mode
|
||||
@@ -1293,6 +1301,7 @@ tag command action ~
|
||||
|:last| :la[st] go to the last file in the argument list
|
||||
|:language| :lan[guage] set the language (locale)
|
||||
|:later| :lat[er] go to newer change, redo
|
||||
|:lbottom| :lbo[ttom] scroll to the bottom of the location window
|
||||
|:lbuffer| :lb[uffer] parse locations and jump to first location
|
||||
|:lcd| :lc[d] change directory locally
|
||||
|:lchdir| :lch[dir] change directory locally
|
||||
@@ -1312,6 +1321,7 @@ tag command action ~
|
||||
|:lgrep| :lgr[ep] run 'grepprg' and jump to first match
|
||||
|:lgrepadd| :lgrepa[dd] like :grep, but append to current list
|
||||
|:lhelpgrep| :lh[elpgrep] like ":helpgrep" but uses location list
|
||||
|:lhistory| :lhi[story] list the location lists
|
||||
|:ll| :ll go to specific location
|
||||
|:llast| :lla[st] go to the specified location, default last one
|
||||
|:llist| :lli[st] list all locations
|
||||
@@ -1324,7 +1334,6 @@ tag command action ~
|
||||
|:lnfile| :lnf[ile] go to first location in next file
|
||||
|:lnoremap| :ln[oremap] like ":noremap!" but includes Lang-Arg mode
|
||||
|:loadkeymap| :loadk[eymap] load the following keymaps until EOF
|
||||
|:loadplugin| :loadp[lugin] load a plugin from 'packpath'
|
||||
|:loadview| :lo[adview] load view for current window from a file
|
||||
|:lockmarks| :loc[kmarks] following command keeps marks where they are
|
||||
|:lockvar| :lockv[ar] lock variables
|
||||
@@ -1395,6 +1404,8 @@ tag command action ~
|
||||
|:ounmap| :ou[nmap] like ":unmap" but for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:ounmenu| :ounme[nu] remove menu for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:ownsyntax| :ow[nsyntax] set new local syntax highlight for this window
|
||||
|:packadd| :pa[ckadd] add a plugin from 'packpath'
|
||||
|:packloadall| :packl[oadall] load all packages under 'packpath'
|
||||
|:pclose| :pc[lose] close preview window
|
||||
|:pedit| :ped[it] edit file in the preview window
|
||||
|:perl| :pe[rl] execute Perl command
|
||||
@@ -1499,7 +1510,6 @@ tag command action ~
|
||||
|:smile| :smi[le] make the user happy
|
||||
|:snext| :sn[ext] split window and go to next file in the
|
||||
argument list
|
||||
|:sniff| :sni[ff] send request to sniff
|
||||
|:snomagic| :sno[magic] :substitute with 'nomagic'
|
||||
|:snoremap| :snor[emap] like ":noremap" but for Select mode
|
||||
|:snoremenu| :snoreme[nu] like ":noremenu" but for Select mode
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*map.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jan 10
|
||||
*map.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 30
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -1274,6 +1274,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
|
||||
-complete=mapping mapping name
|
||||
-complete=menu menus
|
||||
-complete=option options
|
||||
-complete=packadd optional package |pack-add| names
|
||||
-complete=shellcmd Shell command
|
||||
-complete=sign |:sign| suboptions
|
||||
-complete=syntax syntax file names |'syntax'|
|
||||
@@ -1358,7 +1359,7 @@ Possible attributes are:
|
||||
Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be
|
||||
specified.
|
||||
|
||||
*E889* *:command-addr*
|
||||
*:command-addr*
|
||||
It is possible that the special characters in the range like ., $ or % which
|
||||
by default correspond to the current line, last line and the whole buffer,
|
||||
relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages.
|
||||
@@ -1411,6 +1412,29 @@ The valid escape sequences are
|
||||
<bang> (See the '-bang' attribute) Expands to a ! if the
|
||||
command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
|
||||
expands to nothing.
|
||||
*<mods>*
|
||||
<mods> The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
|
||||
nothing. Supported modifiers are |:aboveleft|, |:belowright|,
|
||||
|:botright|, |:browse|, |:confirm|, |:hide|, |:keepalt|,
|
||||
|:keepjumps|, |:keepmarks|, |:keeppatterns|, |:leftabove|,
|
||||
|:lockmarks|, |:noswapfile| |:rightbelow|, |:silent|, |:tab|,
|
||||
|:topleft|, |:verbose|, and |:vertical|.
|
||||
Note that these are not yet supported: |:noautocmd|,
|
||||
|:sandbox| and |:unsilent|.
|
||||
Examples: >
|
||||
command! -nargs=+ -complete=file MyEdit
|
||||
\ for f in expand(<q-args>, 0, 1) |
|
||||
\ exe '<mods> split ' . f |
|
||||
\ endfor
|
||||
|
||||
function! SpecialEdit(files, mods)
|
||||
for f in expand(a:files, 0, 1)
|
||||
exe a:mods . ' split ' . f
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
command! -nargs=+ -complete=file Sedit
|
||||
\ call SpecialEdit(<q-args>, <q-mods>)
|
||||
<
|
||||
*<reg>* *<register>*
|
||||
<reg> (See the '-register' attribute) The optional register,
|
||||
if specified. Otherwise, expands to nothing. <register>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*mbyte.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2013 May 18
|
||||
*mbyte.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 21
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
||||
@@ -1010,6 +1010,7 @@ text, you can use the 'keymap' option. This will translate one or more
|
||||
(English) characters to another (non-English) character. This only happens
|
||||
when typing text, not when typing Vim commands. This avoids having to switch
|
||||
between two keyboard settings.
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+keymap| feature}
|
||||
|
||||
The value of the 'keymap' option specifies a keymap file to use. The name of
|
||||
this file is one of these two:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*message.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2013 Feb 23
|
||||
*message.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 16
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -19,6 +19,15 @@ The ":messages" command can be used to view previously given messages. This
|
||||
is especially useful when messages have been overwritten or truncated. This
|
||||
depends on the 'shortmess' option.
|
||||
|
||||
:messages Show all messages.
|
||||
|
||||
:{count}messages Show the {count} most recent messages.
|
||||
|
||||
:messages clear Clear all messages.
|
||||
|
||||
:{count}messages clear Clear messages, keeping only the {count} most
|
||||
recent ones.
|
||||
|
||||
The number of remembered messages is fixed at 20 for the tiny version and 200
|
||||
for other versions.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -58,8 +67,9 @@ If you are lazy, it also works without the shift key: >
|
||||
When an error message is displayed, but it is removed before you could read
|
||||
it, you can see it again with: >
|
||||
:echo errmsg
|
||||
or view a list of recent messages with: >
|
||||
Or view a list of recent messages with: >
|
||||
:messages
|
||||
See `:messages` above.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
LIST OF MESSAGES
|
||||
@@ -476,8 +486,6 @@ in memory, you can reduce that with these options:
|
||||
helps for a change that affects all lines.
|
||||
- 'undoreload' Set to zero to disable.
|
||||
|
||||
Also see |msdos-limitations|.
|
||||
|
||||
*E339* >
|
||||
Pattern too long
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -665,6 +673,12 @@ You must be using an awful lot of buffers. It's now possible that two buffers
|
||||
have the same number, which causes various problems. You might want to exit
|
||||
Vim and restart it.
|
||||
|
||||
*E931* >
|
||||
Buffer cannot be registered
|
||||
|
||||
Out of memory or a duplicate buffer number. May happen after W14. Looking up
|
||||
a buffer will not always work, better restart Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
*E296* *E297* >
|
||||
Seek error in swap file write
|
||||
Write error in swap file
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*motion.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2015 Jun 06
|
||||
*motion.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 12
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ i[ "inner [] block", select [count] '[' ']' blocks. This
|
||||
When used in Visual mode it is made characterwise.
|
||||
|
||||
a) *v_a)* *a)* *a(*
|
||||
a( *v_ab* *v_a(* *ab*
|
||||
a( *vab* *v_ab* *v_a(* *ab*
|
||||
ab "a block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [(" to
|
||||
the matching ')', including the '(' and ')' (see
|
||||
|[(|). Does not include white space outside of the
|
||||
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ ab "a block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [(" to
|
||||
When used in Visual mode it is made characterwise.
|
||||
|
||||
i) *v_i)* *i)* *i(*
|
||||
i( *v_ib* *v_i(* *ib*
|
||||
i( *vib* *v_ib* *v_i(* *ib*
|
||||
ib "inner block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [("
|
||||
to the matching ')', excluding the '(' and ')' (see
|
||||
|[(|).
|
||||
@@ -1027,7 +1027,8 @@ unless the line containing that position was changed or deleted.
|
||||
|
||||
*CTRL-O*
|
||||
CTRL-O Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list
|
||||
(not a motion command). {not in Vi}
|
||||
(not a motion command).
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||
|
||||
<Tab> or *CTRL-I* *<Tab>*
|
||||
@@ -1037,8 +1038,14 @@ CTRL-I Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
|
||||
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||
|
||||
*:ju* *:jumps*
|
||||
:ju[mps] Print the jump list (not a motion command). {not in
|
||||
Vi} {not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||
:ju[mps] Print the jump list (not a motion command).
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||
|
||||
*:cle* *:clearjumps*
|
||||
:cle[arjumps] Clear the jump list of the current window.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
|
||||
|
||||
*jumplist*
|
||||
Jumps are remembered in a jump list. With the CTRL-O and CTRL-I command you
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*netbeans.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 18
|
||||
*netbeans.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 15
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur et al.
|
||||
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ Current projects using the NetBeans protocol of Vim are:
|
||||
|
||||
Check the specific project pages to see how to use Vim with these projects.
|
||||
|
||||
An alternative is to use a channel, see |channel|.
|
||||
|
||||
In the rest of this help page, we will use the term "Vim Controller" to
|
||||
describe the program controlling Vim through the NetBeans socket interface.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -827,7 +829,7 @@ REJECT Not used.
|
||||
These errors occur when a message violates the protocol:
|
||||
*E627* *E628* *E629* *E632* *E633* *E634* *E635* *E636*
|
||||
*E637* *E638* *E639* *E640* *E641* *E642* *E643* *E644* *E645* *E646*
|
||||
*E647* *E648* *E649* *E650* *E651* *E652* *E653* *E654*
|
||||
*E647* *E648* *E649* *E650* *E651* *E652*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*options.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 24
|
||||
*options.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ achieve special effects. These options come in three forms:
|
||||
:se[t] {option}:{value}
|
||||
Set string or number option to {value}.
|
||||
For numeric options the value can be given in decimal,
|
||||
hex (preceded with 0x) or octal (preceded with '0').
|
||||
hex (preceded with 0x) or octal (preceded with '0').
|
||||
The old value can be inserted by typing 'wildchar' (by
|
||||
default this is a <Tab> or CTRL-E if 'compatible' is
|
||||
set). See |cmdline-completion|.
|
||||
@@ -887,7 +887,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
done with ":syntax on".
|
||||
|
||||
*'backspace'* *'bs'*
|
||||
'backspace' 'bs' string (default "")
|
||||
'backspace' 'bs' string (default "", set to "indent,eol,start"
|
||||
in |defaults.vim|)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
Influences the working of <BS>, <Del>, CTRL-W and CTRL-U in Insert
|
||||
@@ -1002,7 +1003,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
- The backup file will be created in the first directory in the list
|
||||
where this is possible. The directory must exist, Vim will not
|
||||
create it for you.
|
||||
- Empty means that no backup file will be created ( 'patchmode' is
|
||||
- Empty means that no backup file will be created ('patchmode' is
|
||||
impossible!). Writing may fail because of this.
|
||||
- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
|
||||
as the edited file.
|
||||
@@ -1070,7 +1071,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that environment variables are not expanded. If you want to use
|
||||
$HOME you must expand it explicitly, e.g.: >
|
||||
:let backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'
|
||||
:let &backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'
|
||||
|
||||
< Note that the default also makes sure that "crontab -e" works (when a
|
||||
backup would be made by renaming the original file crontab won't see
|
||||
@@ -1103,6 +1104,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
v:beval_bufnr number of the buffer in which balloon is going to show
|
||||
v:beval_winnr number of the window
|
||||
v:beval_winid ID of the window
|
||||
v:beval_lnum line number
|
||||
v:beval_col column number (byte index)
|
||||
v:beval_text word under or after the mouse pointer
|
||||
@@ -1245,7 +1247,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
break if 'linebreak' is on. Only works for ASCII and also for 8-bit
|
||||
characters when 'encoding' is an 8-bit encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
*'breakindent'* *'bri'* *'nobreakindent'* *'nobri'*
|
||||
*'breakindent'* *'bri'* *'nobreakindent'* *'nobri'*
|
||||
'breakindent' 'bri' boolean (default off)
|
||||
local to window
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
@@ -1426,8 +1428,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
Only non-printable keys are allowed.
|
||||
The key can be specified as a single character, but it is difficult to
|
||||
type. The preferred way is to use the <> notation. Examples: >
|
||||
:set cedit=<C-Y>
|
||||
:set cedit=<Esc>
|
||||
:exe "set cedit=\<C-Y>"
|
||||
:exe "set cedit=\<Esc>"
|
||||
< |Nvi| also has this option, but it only uses the first character.
|
||||
See |cmdwin|.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1695,7 +1697,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'compatible'* *'cp'* *'nocompatible'* *'nocp'*
|
||||
'compatible' 'cp' boolean (default on, off when a |vimrc| or |gvimrc|
|
||||
file is found)
|
||||
file is found, reset in |defaults.vim|)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
This option has the effect of making Vim either more Vi-compatible, or
|
||||
@@ -1792,7 +1794,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
when CTRL-P or CTRL-N are used. It is also used for whole-line
|
||||
completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|. It indicates the type of completion
|
||||
and the places to scan. It is a comma separated list of flags:
|
||||
. scan the current buffer ( 'wrapscan' is ignored)
|
||||
. scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
|
||||
w scan buffers from other windows
|
||||
b scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
|
||||
u scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
|
||||
@@ -2292,6 +2294,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
different. The whole undo file is encrypted, not just
|
||||
the pieces of text.
|
||||
|
||||
You should use "blowfish2", also to re-encrypt older files.
|
||||
|
||||
When reading an encrypted file 'cryptmethod' will be set automatically
|
||||
to the detected method of the file being read. Thus if you write it
|
||||
without changing 'cryptmethod' the same method will be used.
|
||||
@@ -2614,17 +2618,24 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
{Vi: directory to put temp file in, defaults to "/tmp"}
|
||||
|
||||
*'display'* *'dy'*
|
||||
'display' 'dy' string (default "")
|
||||
'display' 'dy' string (default "", set to "truncate" in
|
||||
|defaults.vim|)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
Change the way text is displayed. This is comma separated list of
|
||||
flags:
|
||||
lastline When included, as much as possible of the last line
|
||||
in a window will be displayed. When not included, a
|
||||
last line that doesn't fit is replaced with "@" lines.
|
||||
in a window will be displayed. "@@@" is put in the
|
||||
last columns of the last screen line to indicate the
|
||||
rest of the line is not displayed.
|
||||
truncate Like "lastline", but "@@@" is displayed in the first
|
||||
column of the last screen line. Overrules "lastline".
|
||||
uhex Show unprintable characters hexadecimal as <xx>
|
||||
instead of using ^C and ~C.
|
||||
|
||||
When neither "lastline" or "truncate" is included, a last line that
|
||||
doesn't fit is replaced with "@" lines.
|
||||
|
||||
*'eadirection'* *'ead'*
|
||||
'eadirection' 'ead' string (default "both")
|
||||
global
|
||||
@@ -2644,6 +2655,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
also 'gdefault' option.
|
||||
Switching this option on is discouraged!
|
||||
|
||||
*'emoji'* *'emo'* *'noemoji'* *'noemo'*
|
||||
'emoji' 'emo' boolean (default: on)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
When on all Unicode emoji characters are considered to be full width.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'encoding'* *'enc'* *E543*
|
||||
'encoding' 'enc' string (default: "latin1" or value from $LANG)
|
||||
global
|
||||
@@ -3021,8 +3041,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
file only, the option is not changed.
|
||||
When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformats' is not used.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that when Vim starts up with an empty buffer this option is not
|
||||
used. Set 'fileformat' in your .vimrc instead.
|
||||
When Vim starts up with an empty buffer the first item is used. You
|
||||
can overrule this by setting 'fileformat' in your .vimrc.
|
||||
|
||||
For systems with a Dos-like <EOL> (<CR><NL>), when reading files that
|
||||
are ":source"ed and for vimrc files, automatic <EOL> detection may be
|
||||
@@ -3325,6 +3345,41 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
|
||||
evaluating 'foldtext' |textlock|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'formatexpr'* *'fex'*
|
||||
'formatexpr' 'fex' string (default "")
|
||||
local to buffer
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the |gq|
|
||||
operator or automatic formatting (see 'formatoptions'). When this
|
||||
option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
|
||||
|
||||
The |v:lnum| variable holds the first line to be formatted.
|
||||
The |v:count| variable holds the number of lines to be formatted.
|
||||
The |v:char| variable holds the character that is going to be
|
||||
inserted if the expression is being evaluated due to
|
||||
automatic formatting. This can be empty. Don't insert
|
||||
it yet!
|
||||
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
|
||||
< This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
|
||||
autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. |autoload|
|
||||
|
||||
The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
|
||||
text beyond that limit. This happens under the same conditions as
|
||||
when internal formatting is used. Make sure the cursor is kept in the
|
||||
same spot relative to the text then! The |mode()| function will
|
||||
return "i" or "R" in this situation.
|
||||
|
||||
When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
|
||||
the internal format mechanism.
|
||||
|
||||
The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
|
||||
modeline, see |sandbox-option|. That stops the option from working,
|
||||
since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
*'formatoptions'* *'fo'*
|
||||
'formatoptions' 'fo' string (Vim default: "tcq", Vi default: "vt")
|
||||
local to buffer
|
||||
@@ -3368,41 +3423,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
|
||||
security reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
*'formatexpr'* *'fex'*
|
||||
'formatexpr' 'fex' string (default "")
|
||||
local to buffer
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the |gq|
|
||||
operator or automatic formatting (see 'formatoptions'). When this
|
||||
option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
|
||||
|
||||
The |v:lnum| variable holds the first line to be formatted.
|
||||
The |v:count| variable holds the number of lines to be formatted.
|
||||
The |v:char| variable holds the character that is going to be
|
||||
inserted if the expression is being evaluated due to
|
||||
automatic formatting. This can be empty. Don't insert
|
||||
it yet!
|
||||
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
|
||||
< This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
|
||||
autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. |autoload|
|
||||
|
||||
The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
|
||||
text beyond that limit. This happens under the same conditions as
|
||||
when internal formatting is used. Make sure the cursor is kept in the
|
||||
same spot relative to the text then! The |mode()| function will
|
||||
return "i" or "R" in this situation.
|
||||
|
||||
When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
|
||||
the internal format mechanism.
|
||||
|
||||
The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
|
||||
modeline, see |sandbox-option|. That stops the option from working,
|
||||
since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
*'fsync'* *'fs'* *'nofsync'* *'nofs'*
|
||||
'fsync' 'fs' boolean (default on)
|
||||
global
|
||||
@@ -3623,6 +3643,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
HANGEUL, HEBREW, JOHAB, MAC, OEM, RUSSIAN, SHIFTJIS,
|
||||
SYMBOL, THAI, TURKISH, VIETNAMESE ANSI and BALTIC.
|
||||
Normally you would use "cDEFAULT".
|
||||
qXX - quality XX. Valid quality names are: PROOF, DRAFT,
|
||||
ANTIALIASED, NONANTIALIASED, CLEARTYPE, DEFAULT.
|
||||
Normally you would use "qDEFAULT".
|
||||
Some quality values isn't supported in legacy OSs.
|
||||
|
||||
Use a ':' to separate the options.
|
||||
- A '_' can be used in the place of a space, so you don't need to use
|
||||
@@ -3703,8 +3727,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
screen.
|
||||
|
||||
*'guioptions'* *'go'*
|
||||
'guioptions' 'go' string (default "egmrLtT" (MS-Windows),
|
||||
"aegimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
|
||||
'guioptions' 'go' string (default "egmrLtT" (MS-Windows, "t" is
|
||||
removed in |defaults.vim|),
|
||||
"aegimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena),
|
||||
)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
|
||||
@@ -3732,7 +3758,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
The same applies to the modeless selection.
|
||||
*'go-P'*
|
||||
'P' Like autoselect but using the "+ register instead of the "*
|
||||
register.
|
||||
register.
|
||||
*'go-A'*
|
||||
'A' Autoselect for the modeless selection. Like 'a', but only
|
||||
applies to the modeless selection.
|
||||
@@ -4026,7 +4052,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
|
||||
|
||||
*'history'* *'hi'*
|
||||
'history' 'hi' number (Vim default: 50, Vi default: 0)
|
||||
'history' 'hi' number (Vim default: 50, Vi default: 0,
|
||||
set to 200 in |defaults.vim|)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
A history of ":" commands, and a history of previous search patterns
|
||||
@@ -4278,7 +4305,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
evaluating 'includeexpr' |textlock|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'incsearch'* *'is'* *'noincsearch'* *'nois'*
|
||||
'incsearch' 'is' boolean (default off)
|
||||
'incsearch' 'is' boolean (default off, set in |defaults.vim| if the
|
||||
+reltime feature is supported)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the
|
||||
@@ -4572,16 +4600,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'keywordprg'* *'kp'*
|
||||
'keywordprg' 'kp' string (default "man" or "man -s", DOS: ":help",
|
||||
OS/2: "view /", VMS: "help")
|
||||
VMS: "help")
|
||||
global or local to buffer |global-local|
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
Program to use for the |K| command. Environment variables are
|
||||
expanded |:set_env|. ":help" may be used to access the Vim internal
|
||||
help. (Note that previously setting the global option to the empty
|
||||
value did this, which is now deprecated.)
|
||||
When "man" is used, Vim will automatically translate a count for the
|
||||
"K" command to a section number. Also for "man -s", in which case the
|
||||
"-s" is removed when there is no count.
|
||||
When the first character is ":", the command is invoked as a Vim
|
||||
Ex command prefixed with [count].
|
||||
When "man", "man -s" or an Ex command is used, Vim will automatically
|
||||
translate a count for the "K" command and pass it as the first
|
||||
argument. For "man -s" the "-s" is removed when there is no count.
|
||||
See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:set keywordprg=man\ -s
|
||||
@@ -4660,7 +4690,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
< Warning: This deletes all menus that you defined yourself!
|
||||
|
||||
*'langnoremap'* *'lnr'* *'nolangnoremap'* *'nolnr'*
|
||||
'langnoremap' 'lnr' boolean (default off)
|
||||
'langnoremap' 'lnr' boolean (default off, set in |defaults.vim|)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+langmap|
|
||||
@@ -4841,13 +4871,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
reset this option. |-u| |--noplugin|
|
||||
|
||||
*'luadll'*
|
||||
'luadll' string (default depends on the build)
|
||||
'luadll' string (default depends on the build)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+lua/dyn|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Specifies the name of the Lua shared library. The default is
|
||||
DYNAMIC_LUA_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
|
||||
Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
|
||||
This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
|
||||
security reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -5015,7 +5046,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
without a limit.
|
||||
On 64 bit machines higher values might work. But hey, do you really
|
||||
need more than 2 Gbyte for text editing? Keep in mind that text is
|
||||
stored in the swap file, one can edit files > 2 Gbyte anyay. We do
|
||||
stored in the swap file, one can edit files > 2 Gbyte anyway. We do
|
||||
need the memory to store undo info.
|
||||
Also see 'maxmem'.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -5106,6 +5137,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
written. A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
|
||||
values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
|
||||
reset.
|
||||
Similarly for 'eol' and 'bomb'.
|
||||
This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
|
||||
result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
|
||||
FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event. See |gzip-example| for
|
||||
@@ -5124,7 +5156,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
|
||||
|
||||
*'mouse'* *E538*
|
||||
'mouse' string (default "", "a" for GUI, MS-DOS and Win32)
|
||||
'mouse' string (default "", "a" for GUI, MS-DOS and Win32,
|
||||
set to "a" in |defaults.vim|)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
Enable the use of the mouse. Only works for certain terminals
|
||||
@@ -5290,7 +5323,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
Negative or zero value means no thread scheduling.
|
||||
|
||||
*'nrformats'* *'nf'*
|
||||
'nrformats' 'nf' string (default "bin,octal,hex")
|
||||
'nrformats' 'nf' string (default "bin,octal,hex",
|
||||
set to "bin,hex" in |defaults.vim|)
|
||||
local to buffer
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
This defines what bases Vim will consider for numbers when using the
|
||||
@@ -5298,7 +5332,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
respectively; see |CTRL-A| for more info on these commands.
|
||||
alpha If included, single alphabetical characters will be
|
||||
incremented or decremented. This is useful for a list with a
|
||||
letter index a), b), etc. *octal-nrformats*
|
||||
letter index a), b), etc. *octal-nrformats*
|
||||
octal If included, numbers that start with a zero will be considered
|
||||
to be octal. Example: Using CTRL-A on "007" results in "010".
|
||||
hex If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
|
||||
@@ -5328,7 +5362,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
relative to the cursor. Together with 'number' there are these
|
||||
four combinations (cursor in line 3):
|
||||
|
||||
'nonu' 'nu' 'nonu' 'nu'
|
||||
'nonu' 'nu' 'nonu' 'nu'
|
||||
'nornu' 'nornu' 'rnu' 'rnu'
|
||||
|
||||
|apple | 1 apple | 2 apple | 2 apple
|
||||
@@ -5567,13 +5601,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
this doesn't work when $INCL contains a comma or white space.
|
||||
|
||||
*'perldll'*
|
||||
'perldll' string (default depends on the build)
|
||||
'perldll' string (default depends on the build)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+perl/dyn|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Specifies the name of the Perl shared library. The default is
|
||||
DYNAMIC_PERL_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
|
||||
Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
|
||||
This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
|
||||
security reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -5704,13 +5739,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|ins-completion-menu|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'pythondll'*
|
||||
'pythondll' string (default depends on the build)
|
||||
'pythondll' string (default depends on the build)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+python/dyn|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Specifies the name of the Python 2.x shared library. The default is
|
||||
DYNAMIC_PYTHON_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
|
||||
Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
|
||||
This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
|
||||
security reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -5722,6 +5758,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Specifies the name of the Python 3 shared library. The default is
|
||||
DYNAMIC_PYTHON3_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
|
||||
Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
|
||||
This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
|
||||
security reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -5945,18 +5982,19 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
The 'rightleft' option must be set for 'rightleftcmd' to take effect.
|
||||
|
||||
*'rubydll'*
|
||||
'rubydll' string (default: depends on the build)
|
||||
'rubydll' string (default: depends on the build)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+ruby/dyn|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Specifies the name of the Ruby shared library. The default is
|
||||
DYNAMIC_RUBY_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
|
||||
Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
|
||||
This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
|
||||
security reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
*'ruler'* *'ru'* *'noruler'* *'noru'*
|
||||
'ruler' 'ru' boolean (default off)
|
||||
'ruler' 'ru' boolean (default off, set in |defaults.vim|)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the
|
||||
@@ -6042,6 +6080,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
keymap/ key mapping files |mbyte-keymap|
|
||||
lang/ menu translations |:menutrans|
|
||||
menu.vim GUI menus |menu.vim|
|
||||
pack/ packages |:packadd|
|
||||
plugin/ plugin scripts |write-plugin|
|
||||
print/ files for printing |postscript-print-encoding|
|
||||
spell/ spell checking files |spell|
|
||||
@@ -6063,6 +6102,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
personal preferences to overrule or add to the distributed defaults
|
||||
or system-wide settings (rarely needed).
|
||||
|
||||
More entries are added when using |packages|.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that, unlike 'path', no wildcards like "**" are allowed. Normal
|
||||
wildcards are allowed, but can significantly slow down searching for
|
||||
runtime files. For speed, use as few items as possible and avoid
|
||||
@@ -6428,6 +6469,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
The |FilterReadPre|, |FilterReadPost| and |FilterWritePre|,
|
||||
|FilterWritePost| autocommands event are not triggered when
|
||||
'shelltemp' is off.
|
||||
The `system()` function does not respect this option and always uses
|
||||
temp files.
|
||||
|
||||
*'shelltype'* *'st'*
|
||||
'shelltype' 'st' number (default 0)
|
||||
@@ -6533,7 +6576,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
c don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages. For example,
|
||||
"-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only match",
|
||||
"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
|
||||
q use "recording" instead of "recording @a"
|
||||
q use "recording" instead of "recording @a"
|
||||
F don't give the file info when editing a file, like `:silent`
|
||||
was used for the command
|
||||
|
||||
This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
|
||||
requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
|
||||
@@ -6582,8 +6627,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
"n" flag to 'cpoptions'.
|
||||
|
||||
*'showcmd'* *'sc'* *'noshowcmd'* *'nosc'*
|
||||
'showcmd' 'sc' boolean (Vim default: on, off for Unix, Vi default:
|
||||
off)
|
||||
'showcmd' 'sc' boolean (Vim default: on, off for Unix,
|
||||
Vi default: off, set in |defaults.vim|)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the
|
||||
@@ -7437,13 +7482,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
mapping which should not change the tagstack.
|
||||
|
||||
*'tcldll'*
|
||||
'tcldll' string (default depends on the build)
|
||||
'tcldll' string (default depends on the build)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+tcl/dyn|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Specifies the name of the Tcl shared library. The default is
|
||||
DYNAMIC_TCL_DLL, which was specified at compile time.
|
||||
Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
|
||||
This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
|
||||
security reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7492,7 +7538,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
Encoding used for the terminal. This specifies what character
|
||||
encoding the keyboard produces and the display will understand. For
|
||||
the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ( 'encoding' is used for the
|
||||
the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
|
||||
display). Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
|
||||
'termencoding' should be "macroman".
|
||||
*E617*
|
||||
@@ -7515,6 +7561,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
:set encoding=utf-8
|
||||
< You need to do this when your system has no locale support for UTF-8.
|
||||
|
||||
*'termguicolors'* *'tgc'*
|
||||
'termguicolors' 'tgc' boolean (default off)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the
|
||||
|+termguicolors| feature}
|
||||
When on, uses |highlight-guifg| and |highlight-guibg| attributes in
|
||||
the terminal (thus using 24-bit color). Requires a ISO-8613-3
|
||||
compatible terminal.
|
||||
If setting this option does not work (produces a colorless UI)
|
||||
reading |xterm-true-color| might help.
|
||||
|
||||
*'terse'* *'noterse'*
|
||||
'terse' boolean (default off)
|
||||
global
|
||||
@@ -7769,13 +7827,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only in the GTK+ 2 GUI}
|
||||
Controls the size of toolbar icons. The possible values are:
|
||||
tiny Use tiny toolbar icons.
|
||||
small Use small toolbar icons (default).
|
||||
medium Use medium-sized toolbar icons.
|
||||
large Use large toolbar icons.
|
||||
tiny Use tiny icons.
|
||||
small Use small icons (default).
|
||||
medium Use medium-sized icons.
|
||||
large Use large icons.
|
||||
huge Use even larger icons.
|
||||
giant Use very big icons.
|
||||
The exact dimensions in pixels of the various icon sizes depend on
|
||||
the current theme. Common dimensions are large=32x32, medium=24x24,
|
||||
small=20x20 and tiny=16x16.
|
||||
the current theme. Common dimensions are giant=48x48, huge=32x32,
|
||||
large=24x24, medium=24x24, small=20x20 and tiny=16x16.
|
||||
|
||||
If 'toolbariconsize' is empty, the global default size as determined
|
||||
by user preferences or the current theme is used.
|
||||
@@ -8136,10 +8196,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
has been used since the last search command.
|
||||
*viminfo-n*
|
||||
n Name of the viminfo file. The name must immediately follow
|
||||
the 'n'. Must be the last one! If the "-i" argument was
|
||||
given when starting Vim, that file name overrides the one
|
||||
given here with 'viminfo'. Environment variables are expanded
|
||||
when opening the file, not when setting the option.
|
||||
the 'n'. Must be at the end of the option! If the "-i"
|
||||
argument was given when starting Vim, that file name overrides
|
||||
the one given here with 'viminfo'. Environment variables are
|
||||
expanded when opening the file, not when setting the option.
|
||||
*viminfo-r*
|
||||
r Removable media. The argument is a string (up to the next
|
||||
','). This parameter can be given several times. Each
|
||||
@@ -8325,7 +8385,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'wildmenu'* *'wmnu'* *'nowildmenu'* *'nowmnu'*
|
||||
'wildmenu' 'wmnu' boolean (default off)
|
||||
'wildmenu' 'wmnu' boolean (default off, set in |defaults.vim|)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available if compiled without the |+wildmenu|
|
||||
@@ -8624,7 +8684,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
'writedelay' 'wd' number (default 0)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
The number of microseconds to wait for each character sent to the
|
||||
The number of milliseconds to wait for each character sent to the
|
||||
screen. When non-zero, characters are sent to the terminal one by
|
||||
one. For MS-DOS pcterm this does not work. For debugging purposes.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_390.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2010 May 30
|
||||
*os_390.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 27
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ralf Schandl
|
||||
@@ -108,7 +108,6 @@ Never tested:
|
||||
- Langmap (|'langmap'|)
|
||||
- Python support (|Python|)
|
||||
- Right-to-left mode (|'rightleft'|)
|
||||
- SNiFF+ interface (|sniff|)
|
||||
- TCL interface (|tcl|)
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_beos.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2010 Aug 14
|
||||
*os_beos.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Mar 28
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -248,8 +248,9 @@ reality. Vim uses this mapping:
|
||||
Button 3 -> MiddleMouse.
|
||||
|
||||
If your mouse has fewer than 3 buttons you can provide your own mapping from
|
||||
mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons. See the file
|
||||
vim-5.x/macros/swapmous.vim for an example. |gui-mouse-mapping|
|
||||
mouse clicks with modifier(s) to other mouse buttons. See the swapmouse
|
||||
package for an example: |gui-mouse-mapping|
|
||||
$VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
12. Color names *beos-colors*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_win32.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2014 Sep 25
|
||||
*os_win32.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Mar 05
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by George Reilly
|
||||
@@ -96,6 +96,31 @@ The directory of the Vim executable is appended to $PATH. This is mostly to
|
||||
make "!xxd" work, as it is in the Tools menu. And it also means that when
|
||||
executable() returns 1 the executable can actually be executed.
|
||||
|
||||
Quotes in file names *win32-quotes*
|
||||
|
||||
Quotes inside a file name (or any other command line argument) can be escaped
|
||||
with a backslash. E.g. >
|
||||
vim -c "echo 'foo\"bar'"
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively use three quotes to get one: >
|
||||
vim -c "echo 'foo"""bar'"
|
||||
|
||||
The quotation rules are:
|
||||
|
||||
1. A `"` starts quotation.
|
||||
2. Another `"` or `""` ends quotation. If the quotation ends with `""`, a `"`
|
||||
is produced at the end of the quoted string.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples, with [] around an argument:
|
||||
"foo" -> [foo]
|
||||
"foo"" -> [foo"]
|
||||
"foo"bar -> [foobar]
|
||||
"foo" bar -> [foo], [bar]
|
||||
"foo""bar -> [foo"bar]
|
||||
"foo"" bar -> [foo"], [bar]
|
||||
"foo"""bar" -> [foo"bar]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. Restore screen contents *win32-restore*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*pattern.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jan 03
|
||||
*pattern.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jun 08
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ An atom can be followed by an indication of how many times the atom can be
|
||||
matched and in what way. This is called a multi. See |/multi| for an
|
||||
overview.
|
||||
|
||||
*/star* */\star* *E56*
|
||||
*/star* */\star*
|
||||
* (use \* when 'magic' is not set)
|
||||
Matches 0 or more of the preceding atom, as many as possible.
|
||||
Example 'nomagic' matches ~
|
||||
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ overview.
|
||||
the end of the file and then tries matching "END", backing up one
|
||||
character at a time.
|
||||
|
||||
*/\+* *E57*
|
||||
*/\+*
|
||||
\+ Matches 1 or more of the preceding atom, as many as possible. {not in
|
||||
Vi}
|
||||
Example matches ~
|
||||
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ overview.
|
||||
\? Just like \=. Cannot be used when searching backwards with the "?"
|
||||
command. {not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*/\{* *E58* *E60* *E554* *E870*
|
||||
*/\{* *E60* *E554* *E870*
|
||||
\{n,m} Matches n to m of the preceding atom, as many as possible
|
||||
\{n} Matches n of the preceding atom
|
||||
\{n,} Matches at least n of the preceding atom, as many as possible
|
||||
@@ -954,14 +954,18 @@ $ At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
|
||||
< When 'hlsearch' is set and you move the cursor around and make changes
|
||||
this will clearly show when the match is updated or not.
|
||||
To match the text up to column 17: >
|
||||
/.*\%17v
|
||||
< Column 17 is included, because that's where the "\%17v" matches,
|
||||
even though this is a |/zero-width| match. Adding a dot to match the
|
||||
next character has the same result: >
|
||||
/.*\%17v.
|
||||
/^.*\%17v
|
||||
< Column 17 is not included, because this is a |/zero-width| match. To
|
||||
include the column use: >
|
||||
/^.*\%17v.
|
||||
< This command does the same thing, but also matches when there is no
|
||||
character in column 17: >
|
||||
/.*\%<18v.
|
||||
/^.*\%<18v.
|
||||
< Note that without the "^" to anchor the match in the first column,
|
||||
this will also highlight column 17: >
|
||||
/.*\%17v
|
||||
< Column 17 is highlighted by 'hlsearch' because there is another match
|
||||
where ".*" matches zero characters.
|
||||
<
|
||||
|
||||
Character classes: {not in Vi}
|
||||
@@ -1079,8 +1083,8 @@ x A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
|
||||
belonging to that character class. The following character classes
|
||||
are supported:
|
||||
Name Contents ~
|
||||
*[:alnum:]* [:alnum:] letters and digits
|
||||
*[:alpha:]* [:alpha:] letters
|
||||
*[:alnum:]* [:alnum:] ASCII letters and digits
|
||||
*[:alpha:]* [:alpha:] ASCII letters
|
||||
*[:blank:]* [:blank:] space and tab characters
|
||||
*[:cntrl:]* [:cntrl:] control characters
|
||||
*[:digit:]* [:digit:] decimal digits
|
||||
@@ -1088,7 +1092,7 @@ x A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
|
||||
*[:lower:]* [:lower:] lowercase letters (all letters when
|
||||
'ignorecase' is used)
|
||||
*[:print:]* [:print:] printable characters including space
|
||||
*[:punct:]* [:punct:] punctuation characters
|
||||
*[:punct:]* [:punct:] ASCII punctuation characters
|
||||
*[:space:]* [:space:] whitespace characters
|
||||
*[:upper:]* [:upper:] uppercase letters (all letters when
|
||||
'ignorecase' is used)
|
||||
@@ -1104,8 +1108,9 @@ x A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
|
||||
'/', alphabetic, numeric, '_' or '~'.
|
||||
These items only work for 8-bit characters, except [:lower:] and
|
||||
[:upper:] also work for multi-byte characters when using the new
|
||||
regexp engine. In the future these items may work for multi-byte
|
||||
characters.
|
||||
regexp engine. See |two-engines|. In the future these items may
|
||||
work for multi-byte characters. For now, to get all "alpha"
|
||||
characters you can use: [[:lower:][:upper:]].
|
||||
*/[[=* *[==]*
|
||||
- An equivalence class. This means that characters are matched that
|
||||
have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents. This
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,25 +1,25 @@
|
||||
*pi_logipat.txt* Logical Patterns Mar 13, 2013
|
||||
*logiPat.txt* Logical Patterns Jun 22, 2015
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Charles E. Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
|
||||
Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell *logipat-copyright*
|
||||
Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell *logiPat-copyright*
|
||||
The VIM LICENSE applies to LogiPat.vim and LogiPat.txt
|
||||
(see |copyright|) except use "LogiPat" instead of "Vim"
|
||||
No warranty, express or implied. Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Contents *logipat* *logipat-contents*
|
||||
1. Contents *logiPat* *logiPat-contents*
|
||||
|
||||
1. Contents.................: |logiPat-contents|
|
||||
2. LogiPat Manual...........: |logiPat-manual|
|
||||
3. LogiPat Examples.........: |logiPat-examples|
|
||||
4. Caveat...................: |logiPat-caveat|
|
||||
5. LogiPat History..........: |logiPat-history|
|
||||
|
||||
1. Contents.................: |logipat-contents|
|
||||
2. LogiPat Manual...........: |logipat-manual|
|
||||
3. LogiPat Examples.........: |logipat-examples|
|
||||
4. Caveat...................: |logipat-caveat|
|
||||
5. LogiPat History..........: |logipat-history|
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
2. LogiPat Manual *logipat-manual* *logipat-man*
|
||||
2. LogiPat Manual *logiPat-manual* *logiPat-man*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*logipat-arg* *logipat-input* *logipat-pattern* *logipat-operators*
|
||||
*logiPat-arg* *logiPat-input* *logiPat-pattern* *logiPat-operators*
|
||||
Boolean logic patterns are composed of
|
||||
|
||||
operators ! = not
|
||||
@@ -30,13 +30,12 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell *logipat-copyright*
|
||||
|
||||
:LogiPat {boolean-logic pattern} *:LogiPat*
|
||||
:LogiPat is a command which takes a boolean-logic
|
||||
argument (|logipat-arg|).
|
||||
argument (|logiPat-arg|).
|
||||
|
||||
:LP {boolean-logic pattern} *:LP*
|
||||
:LP is a shorthand command version of :LogiPat
|
||||
(|:LogiPat|).
|
||||
|
||||
:ELP {boolean-logic pattern} *:ELP*
|
||||
:LPE {boolean-logic pattern} *:LPE*
|
||||
No search is done, but the conversion from the
|
||||
boolean logic pattern to the regular expression
|
||||
is performed and echoed onto the display.
|
||||
@@ -59,8 +58,9 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell *logipat-copyright*
|
||||
To get a " inside a pattern, as opposed to having it delimit
|
||||
the pattern, double it.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. LogiPat Examples *logipat-examples*
|
||||
3. LogiPat Examples *logiPat-examples*
|
||||
|
||||
LogiPat takes Boolean logic arguments and produces a regular
|
||||
expression which implements the choices. A series of examples
|
||||
@@ -96,22 +96,26 @@ Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell *logipat-copyright*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
4. Caveat *logipat-caveat*
|
||||
4. Caveat *logiPat-caveat*
|
||||
|
||||
The "not" operator may be fragile; ie. it may not always play well
|
||||
with the & (logical-and) and | (logical-or) operators. Please try out
|
||||
your patterns, possibly with :set hls, to insure that what is matching
|
||||
is what you want.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. LogiPat History *logipat-history*
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. LogiPat History *logiPat-history*
|
||||
|
||||
v4 Jun 22, 2015 * LogiPat has been picked up by Bram M for standard
|
||||
plugin distribution; hence the name change
|
||||
v3 Sep 25, 2006 * LP_Or() fixed; it now encapsulates its output
|
||||
in \%(...\) parentheses
|
||||
Dec 12, 2011 * |:ELP| added
|
||||
Dec 12, 2011 * |:LPE| added
|
||||
* "" is mapped to a single " and left inside patterns
|
||||
v2 May 31, 2005 * LPF and LogiPatFlags commands weren't working
|
||||
v1 May 23, 2005 * initial release
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*pi_netrw.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 16
|
||||
*pi_netrw.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Apr 20
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------------
|
||||
NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL by Charles E. Campbell
|
||||
@@ -1525,6 +1525,7 @@ the |'isfname'| option (which is global, so netrw doesn't modify it).
|
||||
Associated setting variables:
|
||||
|g:netrw_gx| control how gx picks up the text under the cursor
|
||||
|g:netrw_nogx| prevent gx map while editing
|
||||
|g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg| controls gx's suppression of browser messages
|
||||
|
||||
*netrw_filehandler*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2931,6 +2932,13 @@ your browsing preferences. (see also: |netrw-settings|)
|
||||
such as listing, file removal, etc.
|
||||
default: ssh
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg* =1 : browsers sometimes produce messages
|
||||
which are normally unwanted intermixed
|
||||
with the page.
|
||||
However, when using links, for example,
|
||||
those messages are what the browser produces.
|
||||
By setting this option to 0, netrw will not
|
||||
suppress browser messages.
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_tmpfile_escape* =' &;'
|
||||
escape() is applied to all temporary files
|
||||
@@ -3757,6 +3765,23 @@ netrw:
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
12. History *netrw-history* {{{1
|
||||
|
||||
v156: Feb 18, 2016 * Changed =~ to =~# where appropriate
|
||||
Feb 23, 2016 * s:ComposePath(base,subdir) now uses
|
||||
fnameescape() on the base portion
|
||||
Mar 01, 2016 * (gt_macki) reported where :Explore would
|
||||
make file unlisted. Fixed (tst943)
|
||||
Apr 04, 2016 * (reported by John Little) netrw normally
|
||||
suppresses browser messages, but sometimes
|
||||
those "messages" are what is wanted.
|
||||
See |g:netrw_suppress_gx_mesg|
|
||||
Apr 06, 2016 * (reported by Carlos Pita) deleting a remote
|
||||
file was giving an error message. Fixed.
|
||||
Apr 08, 2016 * (Charles Cooper) had a problem with an
|
||||
undefined b:netrw_curdir. He also provided
|
||||
a fix.
|
||||
Apr 20, 2016 * Changed s:NetrwGetBuffer(); now uses
|
||||
dictionaries. Also fixed the "No Name"
|
||||
buffer problem.
|
||||
v155: Oct 29, 2015 * (Timur Fayzrakhmanov) reported that netrw's
|
||||
mapping of ctrl-l was not allowing refresh of
|
||||
other windows when it was done in a netrw
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
|
||||
*pi_vimball.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2012 Jan 17
|
||||
*pi_vimball.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Apr 11
|
||||
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
Vimball Archiver
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
|
||||
Author: Charles E. Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
|
||||
(remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
|
||||
Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr. *Vimball-copyright*
|
||||
Copyright: (c) 2004-2015 by Charles E. Campbell *Vimball-copyright*
|
||||
The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
|
||||
package, including vimballPlugin.vim, vimball.vim, and pi_vimball.txt.
|
||||
except use "vimball" instead of "VIM". Like anything else that's free,
|
||||
@@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ MAKING DIRECTORIES VIA VIMBALLS *g:vimball_mkdir*
|
||||
|
||||
If it doesn't exist, then if g:vimball_mkdir doesn't exist, it is set
|
||||
as follows: >
|
||||
|g:netrw_local_mkdir|, if it exists
|
||||
"mkdir" , if it is executable
|
||||
"makedir" , if it is executable
|
||||
Otherwise , it is undefined.
|
||||
|g:netrw_localmkdir|, if it exists
|
||||
"mkdir" , if it is executable
|
||||
"makedir" , if it is executable
|
||||
Otherwise , it is undefined.
|
||||
< One may explicitly specify the directory making command using
|
||||
g:vimball_mkdir. This command is used to make directories that
|
||||
are needed as indicated by the vimball.
|
||||
@@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ CONTROLLING THE VIMBALL EXTRACTION DIRECTORY *g:vimball_home*
|
||||
source the file to extract its contents.
|
||||
|
||||
Extraction will only proceed if the first line of a putative vimball
|
||||
file holds the "Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D."
|
||||
line.
|
||||
file holds the "Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell" line.
|
||||
|
||||
LISTING FILES IN A VIMBALL *:VimballList*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -182,13 +181,16 @@ WINDOWS *vimball-windows*
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
4. Vimball History *vimball-history* {{{1
|
||||
|
||||
37 : Jul 18, 2014 * (by request of T. Miedema) added augroup around
|
||||
the autocmds in vimballPlugin.vim
|
||||
Jul 06, 2015 * there are two uses of tabc; changed to tabc!
|
||||
34 : Sep 22, 2011 * "UseVimball path" now supports a non-full path by
|
||||
prepending the current directory to it.
|
||||
33 : Apr 02, 2011 * Gave priority to *.vmb over *.vba
|
||||
* Changed silent! to sil! (shorter)
|
||||
* Safed |'swf'| setting (during vimball extraction,
|
||||
its now turned off)
|
||||
32 : May 19, 2010 * (Christian Brabandt) :so someplugin.vba and
|
||||
32 : May 19, 2010 * (Christian Brabrandt) :so someplugin.vba and
|
||||
:so someplugin.vba.gz (and the other supported
|
||||
compression types) now works
|
||||
* (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
|
||||
@@ -200,6 +202,7 @@ WINDOWS *vimball-windows*
|
||||
MkVimball, however, now will create *.vmb files.
|
||||
Feb 11, 2011 * motoyakurotsu reported an error with vimball's
|
||||
handling of zero-length files
|
||||
Feb 18, 2016 * Changed =~ to =~# where appropriate
|
||||
30 : Dec 08, 2008 * fnameescape() inserted to protect error
|
||||
messaging using corrupted filenames from
|
||||
causing problems
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*quickfix.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jan 21
|
||||
*quickfix.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 17
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -35,11 +35,13 @@ positions in files. For example, |:vimgrep| finds pattern matches. You can
|
||||
use the positions in a script with the |getqflist()| function. Thus you can
|
||||
do a lot more than the edit/compile/fix cycle!
|
||||
|
||||
If you are using Manx's Aztec C compiler on the Amiga look here for how to use
|
||||
it with Vim: |quickfix-manx|. If you are using another compiler you should
|
||||
save the error messages in a file and start Vim with "vim -q filename". An
|
||||
easy way to do this is with the |:make| command (see below). The
|
||||
'errorformat' option should be set to match the error messages from your
|
||||
If you have the error messages in a file you can start Vim with: >
|
||||
vim -q filename
|
||||
|
||||
From inside Vim an easy way to run a command and handle the output is with the
|
||||
|:make| command (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
The 'errorformat' option should be set to match the error messages from your
|
||||
compiler (see |errorformat| below).
|
||||
|
||||
*location-list* *E776*
|
||||
@@ -49,13 +51,21 @@ have a separate location list. A location list can be associated with only
|
||||
one window. The location list is independent of the quickfix list.
|
||||
|
||||
When a window with a location list is split, the new window gets a copy of the
|
||||
location list. When there are no references to a location list, the location
|
||||
list is destroyed.
|
||||
location list. When there are no longer any references to a location list,
|
||||
the location list is destroyed.
|
||||
|
||||
The following quickfix commands can be used. The location list commands are
|
||||
similar to the quickfix commands, replacing the 'c' prefix in the quickfix
|
||||
command with 'l'.
|
||||
|
||||
*E924*
|
||||
If the current window was closed by an |autocommand| while processing a
|
||||
location list command, it will be aborted.
|
||||
|
||||
*E925* *E926*
|
||||
If the current quickfix or location list was changed by an |autocommand| while
|
||||
processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
|
||||
|
||||
*:cc*
|
||||
:cc[!] [nr] Display error [nr]. If [nr] is omitted, the same
|
||||
error is displayed again. Without [!] this doesn't
|
||||
@@ -262,11 +272,24 @@ command with 'l'.
|
||||
The 'switchbuf' settings are respected when jumping
|
||||
to a buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
:cl[ist] +{count} List the current and next {count} valid errors. This
|
||||
is similar to ":clist from from+count", where "from"
|
||||
is the current error position.
|
||||
|
||||
:cl[ist]! [from] [, [to]]
|
||||
List all errors.
|
||||
|
||||
*:lli* *:llist*
|
||||
:lli[st] [from] [, [to]]
|
||||
:cl[ist]! +{count} List the current and next {count} error lines. This
|
||||
is useful to see unrecognized lines after the current
|
||||
one. For example, if ":clist" shows:
|
||||
8384 testje.java:252: error: cannot find symbol ~
|
||||
Then using ":cl! +3" shows the reason:
|
||||
8384 testje.java:252: error: cannot find symbol ~
|
||||
8385: ZexitCode = Fmainx(); ~
|
||||
8386: ^ ~
|
||||
8387: symbol: method Fmainx() ~
|
||||
|
||||
:lli[st] [from] [, [to]] *:lli* *:llist*
|
||||
Same as ":clist", except the location list for the
|
||||
current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -310,7 +333,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
|
||||
etc.
|
||||
< When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
|
||||
is not present, the command fails.
|
||||
When an error is detected excecution stops.
|
||||
When an error is detected execution stops.
|
||||
The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
|
||||
the current buffer.
|
||||
{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
|
||||
@@ -412,6 +435,17 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
|
||||
|
||||
*:lw* *:lwindow*
|
||||
:lw[indow] [height] Same as ":cwindow", except use the window showing the
|
||||
location list for the current window.
|
||||
|
||||
*:cbo* *:cbottom*
|
||||
:cbo[ttom] Put the cursor in the last line of the quickfix window
|
||||
and scroll to make it visible. This is useful for
|
||||
when errors are added by an asynchronous callback.
|
||||
Only call it once in a while if there are many
|
||||
updates to avoid a lot of redrawing.
|
||||
|
||||
*:lbo* *:lbottom*
|
||||
:lbo[ttom] Same as ":cbottom", except use the window showing the
|
||||
location list for the current window.
|
||||
|
||||
Normally the quickfix window is at the bottom of the screen. If there are
|
||||
@@ -449,6 +483,9 @@ expression.
|
||||
The BufWinEnter event is also triggered, again using "quickfix" for the buffer
|
||||
name.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: When adding to an existing quickfix list the autocommand are not
|
||||
triggered.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Making changes in the quickfix window has no effect on the list of
|
||||
errors. 'modifiable' is off to avoid making changes. If you delete or insert
|
||||
lines anyway, the relation between the text and the error number is messed up.
|
||||
@@ -493,7 +530,7 @@ lists. They set one of the existing error lists as the current one.
|
||||
list, an error message is given.
|
||||
|
||||
*:lolder* *:lol*
|
||||
:lol[der] [count] Same as ":colder", except use the location list for
|
||||
:lol[der] [count] Same as `:colder`, except use the location list for
|
||||
the current window instead of the quickfix list.
|
||||
|
||||
*:cnewer* *:cnew* *E381*
|
||||
@@ -502,9 +539,20 @@ lists. They set one of the existing error lists as the current one.
|
||||
list, an error message is given.
|
||||
|
||||
*:lnewer* *:lnew*
|
||||
:lnew[er] [count] Same as ":cnewer", except use the location list for
|
||||
:lnew[er] [count] Same as `:cnewer`, except use the location list for
|
||||
the current window instead of the quickfix list.
|
||||
|
||||
*:chistory* *:chi*
|
||||
:chi[story] Show the list of error lists. The current list is
|
||||
marked with ">". The output looks like:
|
||||
error list 1 of 3; 43 errors ~
|
||||
> error list 2 of 3; 0 errors ~
|
||||
error list 3 of 3; 15 errors ~
|
||||
|
||||
*:lhistory* *:lhi*
|
||||
:lhi[story] Show the list of location lists, otherwise like
|
||||
`:chistory`.
|
||||
|
||||
When adding a new error list, it becomes the current list.
|
||||
|
||||
When ":colder" has been used and ":make" or ":grep" is used to add a new error
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*quickref.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 24
|
||||
*quickref.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jun 14
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -679,6 +679,7 @@ Short explanation of each option: *option-list*
|
||||
'display' 'dy' list of flags for how to display text
|
||||
'eadirection' 'ead' in which direction 'equalalways' works
|
||||
'edcompatible' 'ed' toggle flags of ":substitute" command
|
||||
'emoji' 'emo' emoji characters are considered full width
|
||||
'encoding' 'enc' encoding used internally
|
||||
'endofline' 'eol' write <EOL> for last line in file
|
||||
'equalalways' 'ea' windows are automatically made the same size
|
||||
@@ -830,6 +831,7 @@ Short explanation of each option: *option-list*
|
||||
'printmbcharset' 'pmbcs' CJK character set to be used for :hardcopy
|
||||
'printmbfont' 'pmbfn' font names to be used for CJK output of :hardcopy
|
||||
'printoptions' 'popt' controls the format of :hardcopy output
|
||||
'prompt' 'prompt' enable prompt in Ex mode
|
||||
'pumheight' 'ph' maximum height of the popup menu
|
||||
'pythondll' name of the Python 2 dynamic library
|
||||
'pythonthreedll' name of the Python 3 dynamic library
|
||||
@@ -914,6 +916,7 @@ Short explanation of each option: *option-list*
|
||||
'term' name of the terminal
|
||||
'termbidi' 'tbidi' terminal takes care of bi-directionality
|
||||
'termencoding' 'tenc' character encoding used by the terminal
|
||||
'termguicolors' 'tgc' use GUI colors for the terminal
|
||||
'terse' shorten some messages
|
||||
'textauto' 'ta' obsolete, use 'fileformats'
|
||||
'textmode' 'tx' obsolete, use 'fileformat'
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*repeat.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 24
|
||||
*repeat.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 21
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -8,13 +8,14 @@ Repeating commands, Vim scripts and debugging *repeating*
|
||||
|
||||
Chapter 26 of the user manual introduces repeating |usr_26.txt|.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Single repeats |single-repeat|
|
||||
2. Multiple repeats |multi-repeat|
|
||||
3. Complex repeats |complex-repeat|
|
||||
4. Using Vim scripts |using-scripts|
|
||||
5. Using Vim packages |packages|
|
||||
6. Debugging scripts |debug-scripts|
|
||||
7. Profiling |profiling|
|
||||
1. Single repeats |single-repeat|
|
||||
2. Multiple repeats |multi-repeat|
|
||||
3. Complex repeats |complex-repeat|
|
||||
4. Using Vim scripts |using-scripts|
|
||||
5. Using Vim packages |packages|
|
||||
6. Creating Vim packages |package-create|
|
||||
7. Debugging scripts |debug-scripts|
|
||||
8. Profiling |profiling|
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Single repeats *single-repeat*
|
||||
@@ -71,8 +72,8 @@ examples.
|
||||
The global commands work by first scanning through the [range] lines and
|
||||
marking each line where a match occurs (for a multi-line pattern, only the
|
||||
start of the match matters).
|
||||
In a second scan the [cmd] is executed for each marked line with its line
|
||||
number prepended. For ":v" and ":g!" the command is executed for each not
|
||||
In a second scan the [cmd] is executed for each marked line, as if the cursor
|
||||
was in that line. For ":v" and ":g!" the command is executed for each not
|
||||
marked line. If a line is deleted its mark disappears.
|
||||
The default for [range] is the whole buffer (1,$). Use "CTRL-C" to interrupt
|
||||
the command. If an error message is given for a line, the command for that
|
||||
@@ -182,10 +183,12 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*:ru* *:runtime*
|
||||
:ru[ntime][!] {file} ..
|
||||
:ru[ntime][!] [where] {file} ..
|
||||
Read Ex commands from {file} in each directory given
|
||||
by 'runtimepath'. There is no error for non-existing
|
||||
files. Example: >
|
||||
by 'runtimepath' and/or 'packpath'. There is no error
|
||||
for non-existing files.
|
||||
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:runtime syntax/c.vim
|
||||
|
||||
< There can be multiple {file} arguments, separated by
|
||||
@@ -199,6 +202,15 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
|
||||
When it is not included only the first found file is
|
||||
sourced.
|
||||
|
||||
When [where] is omitted only 'runtimepath' is used.
|
||||
Other values:
|
||||
START search under "start" in 'packpath'
|
||||
OPT search under "opt" in 'packpath'
|
||||
PACK search under "start" and "opt" in
|
||||
'packpath'
|
||||
ALL first use 'runtimepath', then search
|
||||
under "start" and "opt" in 'packpath'
|
||||
|
||||
When {file} contains wildcards it is expanded to all
|
||||
matching files. Example: >
|
||||
:runtime! plugin/*.vim
|
||||
@@ -213,19 +225,58 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
|
||||
about each searched file.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*:loadp* *:loadplugin*
|
||||
:loadp[lugin] {name} Search for an optional plugin directory and source the
|
||||
plugin files found. It is similar to: >
|
||||
:runtime pack/*/opt/{name}/plugin/*.vim
|
||||
< However, `:loadplugin` uses 'packpath' instead of
|
||||
'runtimepath'. And the directory found is added to
|
||||
'runtimepath'.
|
||||
*:pa* *:packadd* *E919*
|
||||
:pa[ckadd][!] {name} Search for an optional plugin directory in 'packpath'
|
||||
and source any plugin files found. The directory must
|
||||
match:
|
||||
pack/*/opt/{name} ~
|
||||
The directory is added to 'runtimepath' if it wasn't
|
||||
there yet.
|
||||
If the directory pack/*/opt/{name}/after exists it is
|
||||
added at the end of 'runtimepath'.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that {name} is the directory name, not the name
|
||||
of the .vim file. If the "{name}/plugin" directory
|
||||
contains more than one file they are all sourced.
|
||||
of the .vim file. All the files matching the pattern
|
||||
pack/*/opt/{name}/plugin/**/*.vim ~
|
||||
will be sourced. This allows for using subdirectories
|
||||
below "plugin", just like with plugins in
|
||||
'runtimepath'.
|
||||
|
||||
Also see |load-plugin|.
|
||||
If the filetype detection was not enabled yet (this
|
||||
is usually done with a "syntax enable" or "filetype
|
||||
on" command in your .vimrc file), this will also look
|
||||
for "{name}/ftdetect/*.vim" files.
|
||||
|
||||
When the optional ! is added no plugin files or
|
||||
ftdetect scripts are loaded, only the matching
|
||||
directories are added to 'runtimepath'. This is
|
||||
useful in your .vimrc. The plugins will then be
|
||||
loaded during initialization, see |load-plugins|.
|
||||
|
||||
Also see |pack-add|.
|
||||
|
||||
*:packl* *:packloadall*
|
||||
:packl[oadall][!] Load all packages in the "start" directory under each
|
||||
entry in 'packpath'.
|
||||
|
||||
First all the directories found are added to
|
||||
'runtimepath', then the plugins found in the
|
||||
directories are sourced. This allows for a plugin to
|
||||
depend on something of another plugin, e.g. an
|
||||
"autoload" directory. See |packload-two-steps| for
|
||||
how this can be useful.
|
||||
|
||||
This is normally done automatically during startup,
|
||||
after loading your .vimrc file. With this command it
|
||||
can be done earlier.
|
||||
|
||||
Packages will be loaded only once. After this command
|
||||
it won't happen again. When the optional ! is added
|
||||
this command will load packages even when done before.
|
||||
|
||||
An error only causes sourcing the script where it
|
||||
happens to be aborted, further plugins will be loaded.
|
||||
See |packages|.
|
||||
|
||||
:scripte[ncoding] [encoding] *:scripte* *:scriptencoding* *E167*
|
||||
Specify the character encoding used in the script.
|
||||
@@ -244,7 +295,9 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
|
||||
... not converted ...
|
||||
|
||||
< When conversion isn't supported by the system, there
|
||||
is no error message and no conversion is done.
|
||||
is no error message and no conversion is done. When a
|
||||
line can't be converted there is no error and the
|
||||
original line is kept.
|
||||
|
||||
Don't use "ucs-2" or "ucs-4", scripts cannot be in
|
||||
these encodings (they would contain NUL bytes).
|
||||
@@ -408,51 +461,183 @@ Rationale:
|
||||
A Vim package is a directory that contains one or more plugins. The
|
||||
advantages over normal plugins:
|
||||
- A package can be downloaded as an archive and unpacked in its own directory.
|
||||
That makes it easy to updated and/or remove.
|
||||
- A package can be a git, mercurial, etc. respository. That makes it really
|
||||
Thus the files are not mixed with files of other plugins. That makes it
|
||||
easy to update and remove.
|
||||
- A package can be a git, mercurial, etc. repository. That makes it really
|
||||
easy to update.
|
||||
- A package can contain multiple plugins that depend on each other.
|
||||
- A package can contain plugins that are automatically loaded on startup and
|
||||
ones that are only loaded when needed with `:loadplugin`.
|
||||
ones that are only loaded when needed with `:packadd`.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Using a package and loading automatically ~
|
||||
|
||||
Let's assume your Vim files are in the "~/.vim" directory and you want to add a
|
||||
package from a zip archive "/tmp/mypack.zip":
|
||||
% mkdir -p ~/.vim/pack/my
|
||||
% cd ~/.vim/pack/my
|
||||
% unzip /tmp/mypack.zip
|
||||
package from a zip archive "/tmp/foopack.zip":
|
||||
% mkdir -p ~/.vim/pack/foo
|
||||
% cd ~/.vim/pack/foo
|
||||
% unzip /tmp/foopack.zip
|
||||
|
||||
The directory name "my" is arbitrary, you can pick anything you like.
|
||||
The directory name "foo" is arbitrary, you can pick anything you like.
|
||||
|
||||
You would now have these files under ~/.vim:
|
||||
pack/my/README.txt
|
||||
pack/my/ever/always/plugin/always.vim
|
||||
pack/my/ever/always/syntax/always.vim
|
||||
pack/my/opt/mydebug/plugin/debugger.vim
|
||||
pack/foo/README.txt
|
||||
pack/foo/start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim
|
||||
pack/foo/start/foobar/syntax/some.vim
|
||||
pack/foo/opt/foodebug/plugin/debugger.vim
|
||||
|
||||
When Vim starts up it scans all directories in 'packpath' for plugins under the
|
||||
"ever" directory and loads them. When found that directory is added to
|
||||
'runtimepath'.
|
||||
When Vim starts up, after processing your .vimrc, it scans all directories in
|
||||
'packpath' for plugins under the "pack/*/start" directory. First all those
|
||||
directories are added to 'runtimepath'. Then all the plugins are loaded.
|
||||
See |packload-two-steps| for how these two steps can be useful.
|
||||
|
||||
In the example Vim will find "my/ever/always/plugin/always.vim" and adds
|
||||
"~/.vim/pack/my/ever/always" to 'runtimepath'.
|
||||
In the example Vim will find "pack/foo/start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim" and adds
|
||||
"~/.vim/pack/foo/start/foobar" to 'runtimepath'.
|
||||
|
||||
If the "always" plugin kicks in and sets the 'filetype' to "always", Vim will
|
||||
find the syntax/always.vim file, because its directory is in 'runtimepath'.
|
||||
If the "foobar" plugin kicks in and sets the 'filetype' to "some", Vim will
|
||||
find the syntax/some.vim file, because its directory is in 'runtimepath'.
|
||||
|
||||
*load-plugin*
|
||||
To load an optional plugin from a pack use the `:loadplugin` command: >
|
||||
:loadplugin mydebug
|
||||
This could be done inside always.vim, if some conditions are met.
|
||||
Or you could add this command to your |.vimrc|.
|
||||
Vim will also load ftdetect files, if there are any.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the files under "pack/foo/opt" are not loaded automatically, only the
|
||||
ones under "pack/foo/start". See |pack-add| below for how the "opt" directory
|
||||
is used.
|
||||
|
||||
Loading packages automatically will not happen if loading plugins is disabled,
|
||||
see |load-plugins|.
|
||||
|
||||
To load packages earlier, so that 'runtimepath' gets updated: >
|
||||
:packloadall
|
||||
This also works when loading plugins is disabled. The automatic loading will
|
||||
only happen once.
|
||||
|
||||
If the package has an "after" directory, that directory is added to the end of
|
||||
'runtimepath', so that anything there will be loaded later.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Using a single plugin and loading it automatically ~
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't have a package but a single plugin, you need to create the extra
|
||||
directory level:
|
||||
% mkdir -p ~/.vim/pack/foo/start/foobar
|
||||
% cd ~/.vim/pack/foo/start/foobar
|
||||
% unzip /tmp/someplugin.zip
|
||||
|
||||
You would now have these files:
|
||||
pack/foo/start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim
|
||||
pack/foo/start/foobar/syntax/some.vim
|
||||
|
||||
From here it works like above.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Optional plugins ~
|
||||
*pack-add*
|
||||
To load an optional plugin from a pack use the `:packadd` command: >
|
||||
:packadd foodebug
|
||||
This searches for "pack/*/opt/foodebug" in 'packpath' and will find
|
||||
~/.vim/pack/foo/opt/foodebug/plugin/debugger.vim and source it.
|
||||
|
||||
This could be done if some conditions are met. For example, depending on
|
||||
whether Vim supports a feature or a dependency is missing.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also load an optional plugin at startup, by putting this command in
|
||||
your |.vimrc|: >
|
||||
:packadd! foodebug
|
||||
The extra "!" is so that the plugin isn't loaded if Vim was started with
|
||||
|--noplugin|.
|
||||
|
||||
It is perfectly normal for a package to only have files in the "opt"
|
||||
directory. You then need to load each plugin when you want to use it.
|
||||
|
||||
Loading packages will not happen if loading plugins is disabled, see
|
||||
|load-plugins|.
|
||||
|
||||
Where to put what ~
|
||||
|
||||
Since color schemes, loaded with `:colorscheme`, are found below
|
||||
"pack/*/start" and "pack/*/opt", you could put them anywhere. We recommend
|
||||
you put them below "pack/*/opt", for example
|
||||
".vim/pack/mycolors/opt/dark/colors/very_dark.vim".
|
||||
|
||||
Filetype plugins should go under "pack/*/start", so that they are always
|
||||
found. Unless you have more than one plugin for a file type and want to
|
||||
select which one to load with `:packadd`. E.g. depending on the compiler
|
||||
version: >
|
||||
if foo_compiler_version > 34
|
||||
packadd foo_new
|
||||
else
|
||||
packadd foo_old
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
The "after" directory is most likely not useful in a package. It's not
|
||||
disallowed though.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
6. Debugging scripts *debug-scripts*
|
||||
6. Creating Vim packages *package-create*
|
||||
|
||||
This assumes you write one or more plugins that you distribute as a package.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have two unrelated plugins you would use two packages, so that Vim
|
||||
users can chose what they include or not. Or you can decide to use one
|
||||
package with optional plugins, and tell the user to add the ones he wants with
|
||||
`:packadd`.
|
||||
|
||||
Decide how you want to distribute the package. You can create an archive or
|
||||
you could use a repository. An archive can be used by more users, but is a
|
||||
bit harder to update to a new version. A repository can usually be kept
|
||||
up-to-date easily, but it requires a program like "git" to be available.
|
||||
You can do both, github can automatically create an archive for a release.
|
||||
|
||||
Your directory layout would be like this:
|
||||
start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim " always loaded, defines commands
|
||||
start/foobar/plugin/bar.vim " always loaded, defines commands
|
||||
start/foobar/autoload/foo.vim " loaded when foo command used
|
||||
start/foobar/doc/foo.txt " help for foo.vim
|
||||
start/foobar/doc/tags " help tags
|
||||
opt/fooextra/plugin/extra.vim " optional plugin, defines commands
|
||||
opt/fooextra/autoload/extra.vim " loaded when extra command used
|
||||
opt/fooextra/doc/extra.txt " help for extra.vim
|
||||
opt/fooextra/doc/tags " help tags
|
||||
|
||||
This allows for the user to do: >
|
||||
mkdir ~/.vim/pack/myfoobar
|
||||
cd ~/.vim/pack/myfoobar
|
||||
git clone https://github.com/you/foobar.git
|
||||
|
||||
Here "myfoobar" is a name that the user can choose, the only condition is that
|
||||
it differs from other packages.
|
||||
|
||||
In your documentation you explain what the plugins do, and tell the user how
|
||||
to load the optional plugin: >
|
||||
:packadd! fooextra
|
||||
|
||||
You could add this packadd command in one of your plugins, to be executed when
|
||||
the optional plugin is needed.
|
||||
|
||||
Run the `:helptags` command to generate the doc/tags file. Including this
|
||||
generated file in the package means that the user can drop the package in his
|
||||
pack directory and the help command works right away. Don't forget to re-run
|
||||
the command after changing the plugin help: >
|
||||
:helptags path/start/foobar/doc
|
||||
:helptags path/opt/fooextra/doc
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Dependencies between plugins ~
|
||||
*packload-two-steps*
|
||||
Suppose you have two plugins that depend on the same functionality. You can
|
||||
put the common functionality in an autoload directory, so that it will be
|
||||
found automatically. Your package would have these files:
|
||||
|
||||
pack/foo/start/one/plugin/one.vim >
|
||||
call foolib#getit()
|
||||
< pack/foo/start/two/plugin/two.vim >
|
||||
call foolib#getit()
|
||||
< pack/foo/start/lib/autoload/foolib.vim >
|
||||
func foolib#getit()
|
||||
|
||||
This works, because loading packages will first add all found directories to
|
||||
'runtimepath' before sourcing the plugins.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
7. Debugging scripts *debug-scripts*
|
||||
|
||||
Besides the obvious messages that you can add to your scripts to find out what
|
||||
they are doing, Vim offers a debug mode. This allows you to step through a
|
||||
@@ -564,7 +749,7 @@ Additionally, these commands can be used:
|
||||
About the additional commands in debug mode:
|
||||
- There is no command-line completion for them, you get the completion for the
|
||||
normal Ex commands only.
|
||||
- You can shorten them, up to a single character, unless more then one command
|
||||
- You can shorten them, up to a single character, unless more than one command
|
||||
starts with the same letter. "f" stands for "finish", use "fr" for "frame".
|
||||
- Hitting <CR> will repeat the previous one. When doing another command, this
|
||||
is reset (because it's not clear what you want to repeat).
|
||||
@@ -677,7 +862,7 @@ OBSCURE
|
||||
user, don't use typeahead for debug commands.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
7. Profiling *profile* *profiling*
|
||||
8. Profiling *profile* *profiling*
|
||||
|
||||
Profiling means that Vim measures the time that is spent on executing
|
||||
functions and/or scripts. The |+profile| feature is required for this.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*starting.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 21
|
||||
*starting.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ filename One or more file names. The first one will be the current
|
||||
vim -- -filename
|
||||
< All arguments after the "--" will be interpreted as file names,
|
||||
no other options or "+command" argument can follow.
|
||||
For behavior of quotes on MS-Windows, see |win32-quotes|.
|
||||
|
||||
*--*
|
||||
- This argument can mean two things, depending on whether Ex
|
||||
@@ -248,7 +249,8 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
||||
-Z Restricted mode. All commands that make use of an external
|
||||
shell are disabled. This includes suspending with CTRL-Z,
|
||||
":sh", filtering, the system() function, backtick expansion,
|
||||
delete(), rename(), mkdir(), writefile(), libcall(), etc.
|
||||
delete(), rename(), mkdir(), writefile(), libcall(),
|
||||
job_start(), etc.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*-g*
|
||||
@@ -414,9 +416,10 @@ a slash. Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
|
||||
not needed, because Vim will be able to find out what type
|
||||
of terminal you are using. (See |terminal-info|.) {not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*--not-a-term*
|
||||
--not-a-term Tells Vim that the user knows that the input and/or output is
|
||||
not connected to a terminal. This will avoid the warning and
|
||||
the two second delay that would happen.
|
||||
the two second delay that would happen. {not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*-d*
|
||||
-d Start in diff mode, like |vimdiff|.
|
||||
@@ -803,13 +806,13 @@ accordingly. Vim proceeds in this order:
|
||||
For the Macintosh the $VIMRUNTIME/macmap.vim is read.
|
||||
|
||||
*VIMINIT* *.vimrc* *_vimrc* *EXINIT* *.exrc* *_exrc* *$MYVIMRC*
|
||||
c. Four places are searched for initializations. The first that exists
|
||||
c. Five places are searched for initializations. The first that exists
|
||||
is used, the others are ignored. The $MYVIMRC environment variable is
|
||||
set to the file that was first found, unless $MYVIMRC was already set
|
||||
and when using VIMINIT.
|
||||
- The environment variable VIMINIT (see also |compatible-default|) (*)
|
||||
The value of $VIMINIT is used as an Ex command line.
|
||||
- The user vimrc file(s):
|
||||
I The environment variable VIMINIT (see also |compatible-default|) (*)
|
||||
The value of $VIMINIT is used as an Ex command line.
|
||||
II The user vimrc file(s):
|
||||
"$HOME/.vimrc" (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
|
||||
"$HOME/.vim/vimrc" (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
|
||||
"s:.vimrc" (for Amiga) (*)
|
||||
@@ -826,11 +829,14 @@ accordingly. Vim proceeds in this order:
|
||||
Note: For MS-DOS and Win32, "$HOME" is checked first. If no
|
||||
"_vimrc" or ".vimrc" is found there, "$VIM" is tried.
|
||||
See |$VIM| for when $VIM is not set.
|
||||
- The environment variable EXINIT.
|
||||
The value of $EXINIT is used as an Ex command line.
|
||||
- The user exrc file(s). Same as for the user vimrc file, but with
|
||||
"vimrc" replaced by "exrc". But only one of ".exrc" and "_exrc" is
|
||||
used, depending on the system. And without the (*)!
|
||||
III The environment variable EXINIT.
|
||||
The value of $EXINIT is used as an Ex command line.
|
||||
IV The user exrc file(s). Same as for the user vimrc file, but with
|
||||
"vimrc" replaced by "exrc". But only one of ".exrc" and "_exrc" is
|
||||
used, depending on the system. And without the (*)!
|
||||
V The default vimrc file, $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim. This sets up
|
||||
options values and has "syntax on" and "filetype on" commands,
|
||||
which is what most new users will want. See |defaults.vim|.
|
||||
|
||||
d. If the 'exrc' option is on (which is not the default), the current
|
||||
directory is searched for three files. The first that exists is used,
|
||||
@@ -861,9 +867,10 @@ accordingly. Vim proceeds in this order:
|
||||
commands from the command line have not been executed yet. You can
|
||||
use "--cmd 'set noloadplugins'" |--cmd|.
|
||||
|
||||
Plugin packs are loaded. These are plugins, as above, but found in
|
||||
'packpath' directories. Every plugin directory found is added in
|
||||
'runtimepath'. See |packages|.
|
||||
Packages are loaded. These are plugins, as above, but found in the
|
||||
"start" directory of each entry in 'packpath'. Every plugin directory
|
||||
found is added in 'runtimepath' and then the plugins are sourced. See
|
||||
|packages|.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Set 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir'
|
||||
The 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir' options are set according to the
|
||||
@@ -901,10 +908,14 @@ accordingly. Vim proceeds in this order:
|
||||
12. Execute startup commands
|
||||
If a "-t" flag was given to Vim, the tag is jumped to.
|
||||
The commands given with the |-c| and |+cmd| arguments are executed.
|
||||
The starting flag is reset, has("vim_starting") will now return zero.
|
||||
If the 'insertmode' option is set, Insert mode is entered.
|
||||
The starting flag is reset, has("vim_starting") will now return zero.
|
||||
The |v:vim_did_enter| variable is set to 1.
|
||||
The |VimEnter| autocommands are executed.
|
||||
|
||||
The $MYVIMRC or $MYGVIMRC file will be set to the first found vimrc and/or
|
||||
gvimrc file.
|
||||
|
||||
Some hints on using initializations:
|
||||
|
||||
Standard setup:
|
||||
@@ -951,16 +962,29 @@ problems if you have a file with only <NL>s and have a line like
|
||||
|
||||
*compatible-default*
|
||||
When Vim starts, the 'compatible' option is on. This will be used when Vim
|
||||
starts its initializations. But as soon as a user vimrc file is found, or a
|
||||
vimrc file in the current directory, or the "VIMINIT" environment variable is
|
||||
set, it will be set to 'nocompatible'. This has the side effect of setting or
|
||||
resetting other options (see 'compatible'). But only the options that have
|
||||
not been set or reset will be changed. This has the same effect like the
|
||||
value of 'compatible' had this value when starting Vim. Note that this
|
||||
doesn't happen for the system-wide vimrc file nor when Vim was started with
|
||||
the |-u| command line argument. It does also happen for gvimrc files. The
|
||||
$MYVIMRC or $MYGVIMRC file will be set to the first found vimrc and/or gvimrc
|
||||
file.
|
||||
starts its initializations. But as soon as:
|
||||
- a user vimrc file is found, or
|
||||
- a vimrc file in the current directory, or
|
||||
- the "VIMINIT" environment variable is set, or
|
||||
- the "-N" command line argument is given, or
|
||||
even when no vimrc file exists.
|
||||
- the |defaults.vim| script is loaded, or
|
||||
- gvimrc file was found,
|
||||
then it will be set to 'nocompatible'.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this does NOT happen when a system-wide vimrc file was found.
|
||||
|
||||
This has the side effect of setting or resetting other options (see
|
||||
'compatible'). But only the options that have not been set or reset will be
|
||||
changed. This has the same effect like the value of 'compatible' had this
|
||||
value when starting Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
'compatible' is NOT reset, and |defaults.vim| is not loaded:
|
||||
- when Vim was started with the |-u| command line argument, especially with
|
||||
"-u NONE", or
|
||||
- when started with the |-C| command line argument, or
|
||||
- when the name of the executable ends in "ex". (This has been done to make
|
||||
Vim behave like "ex", when it is started as "ex")
|
||||
|
||||
But there is a side effect of setting or resetting 'compatible' at the moment
|
||||
a .vimrc file is found: Mappings are interpreted the moment they are
|
||||
@@ -968,16 +992,24 @@ encountered. This makes a difference when using things like "<CR>". If the
|
||||
mappings depend on a certain value of 'compatible', set or reset it before
|
||||
giving the mapping.
|
||||
|
||||
The above behavior can be overridden in these ways:
|
||||
- If the "-N" command line argument is given, 'nocompatible' will be used,
|
||||
even when no vimrc file exists.
|
||||
- If the "-C" command line argument is given, 'compatible' will be used, even
|
||||
when a vimrc file exists.
|
||||
- If the "-u {vimrc}" argument is used, 'compatible' will be used.
|
||||
- When the name of the executable ends in "ex", then this works like the "-C"
|
||||
argument was given: 'compatible' will be used, even when a vimrc file
|
||||
exists. This has been done to make Vim behave like "ex", when it is started
|
||||
as "ex".
|
||||
*defaults.vim*
|
||||
If Vim is started normally and no user vimrc file is found, the
|
||||
$VIMRUTIME/defaults.vim script is loaded. This will set 'compatible' off,
|
||||
switch on syntax highlighting and a few more things. See the script for
|
||||
details. NOTE: this is done since Vim 8.0, not in Vim 7.4. (it was added in
|
||||
patch 7.4.2111 to be exact).
|
||||
|
||||
This should work well for new Vim users. If you create your own .vimrc, it is
|
||||
recommended to add this line somewhere near the top: >
|
||||
source $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim
|
||||
Then Vim works like before you had a .vimrc. Copying $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example
|
||||
is way to do this. Alternatively, you can copy defaults.vim to your .vimrc
|
||||
and modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't like some of the defaults, you can still source defaults.vim and
|
||||
revert individual settings. See the defaults.vim file for hints on how to
|
||||
revert each item.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Avoiding trojan horses: *trojan-horse*
|
||||
While reading the "vimrc" or the "exrc" file in the current directory, some
|
||||
@@ -1152,7 +1184,7 @@ There are several ways to exit Vim:
|
||||
- Use `:cquit`. Also when there are changes.
|
||||
|
||||
When using `:cquit` or when there was an error message Vim exits with exit
|
||||
code 1. Errors can be avoide by using `:silent!`.
|
||||
code 1. Errors can be avoided by using `:silent!`.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
8. Saving settings *save-settings*
|
||||
@@ -1406,6 +1438,34 @@ file (it's actually merged with the existing one, if one exists). The
|
||||
'viminfo' option is a string containing information about what info should be
|
||||
stored, and contains limits on how much should be stored (see 'viminfo').
|
||||
|
||||
Merging happens in two ways. Most items that have been changed or set in the
|
||||
current Vim session are stored, and what was not changed is filled from what
|
||||
is currently in the viminfo file. For example:
|
||||
- Vim session A reads the viminfo, which contains variable START.
|
||||
- Vim session B does the same
|
||||
- Vim session A sets the variables AAA and BOTH and exits
|
||||
- Vim session B sets the variables BBB and BOTH and exits
|
||||
Now the viminfo will have:
|
||||
START - it was in the viminfo and wasn't changed in session A or B
|
||||
AAA - value from session A, session B kept it
|
||||
BBB - value from session B
|
||||
BOTH - value from session B, value from session A is lost
|
||||
|
||||
*viminfo-timestamp*
|
||||
For some items a timestamp is used to keep the last changed version. Here it
|
||||
doesn't matter in which sequence Vim sessions exit, the newest item(s) are
|
||||
always kept. This is used for:
|
||||
- The command line history.
|
||||
- The search string history.
|
||||
- The input-line history.
|
||||
- Contents of non-empty registers.
|
||||
- The jump list
|
||||
- File marks
|
||||
The timestamp feature was added before Vim 8.0. Older versions of Vim,
|
||||
starting with 7.4.1131, will keep the items with timestamp, but not use them.
|
||||
Thus when using both an older and a newer version of Vim the most recent data
|
||||
will be kept.
|
||||
|
||||
Notes for Unix:
|
||||
- The file protection for the viminfo file will be set to prevent other users
|
||||
from being able to read it, because it may contain any text or commands that
|
||||
@@ -1528,14 +1588,14 @@ most of the information will be restored).
|
||||
already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.)
|
||||
will be overwritten {not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886*
|
||||
*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886* *E929*
|
||||
:wv[iminfo][!] [file] Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
|
||||
The information in the file is first read in to make
|
||||
a merge between old and new info. When [!] is used,
|
||||
the old information is not read first, only the
|
||||
internal info is written. If 'viminfo' is empty, marks
|
||||
for up to 100 files will be written.
|
||||
When you get error "E138: Can't write viminfo file"
|
||||
When you get error "E929: Too many viminfo temp files"
|
||||
check that no old temp files were left behind (e.g.
|
||||
~/.viminf*) and that you can write in the directory of
|
||||
the .viminfo file.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*syntax.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 24
|
||||
*syntax.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 May 28
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -941,26 +941,27 @@ To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
|
||||
:unlet c_comment_strings
|
||||
|
||||
Variable Highlight ~
|
||||
c_gnu GNU gcc specific items
|
||||
c_comment_strings strings and numbers inside a comment
|
||||
c_space_errors trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
|
||||
c_no_trail_space_error ... but no trailing spaces
|
||||
c_no_tab_space_error ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
|
||||
c_no_bracket_error don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
|
||||
c_no_curly_error don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
|
||||
*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
|
||||
*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
|
||||
*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
|
||||
*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
|
||||
*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
|
||||
*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
|
||||
*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
|
||||
except { and } in first column
|
||||
c_curly_error highlight a missing }; this forces syncing from the
|
||||
*c_curly_error* highlight a missing }; this forces syncing from the
|
||||
start of the file, can be slow
|
||||
c_no_ansi don't do standard ANSI types and constants
|
||||
c_ansi_typedefs ... but do standard ANSI types
|
||||
c_ansi_constants ... but do standard ANSI constants
|
||||
c_no_utf don't highlight \u and \U in strings
|
||||
c_syntax_for_h for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
|
||||
*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
|
||||
*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
|
||||
*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
|
||||
*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
|
||||
*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
|
||||
syntax instead of objcpp
|
||||
c_no_if0 don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
|
||||
c_no_cformat don't highlight %-formats in strings
|
||||
c_no_c99 don't highlight C99 standard items
|
||||
c_no_c11 don't highlight C11 standard items
|
||||
*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
|
||||
*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
|
||||
*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
|
||||
*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
|
||||
*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
|
||||
|
||||
When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
|
||||
become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
|
||||
@@ -1042,6 +1043,21 @@ This works immediately.
|
||||
|
||||
CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
|
||||
|
||||
The default syntax groups can be augmented through the
|
||||
*g:clojure_syntax_keywords* and *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* variables. The
|
||||
value should be a |Dictionary| of syntax group names to a |List| of custom
|
||||
identifiers:
|
||||
>
|
||||
let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
|
||||
\ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
|
||||
\ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
|
||||
\ }
|
||||
<
|
||||
Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
|
||||
|
||||
If the |buffer-variable| *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* is set, only
|
||||
language constants and special forms are matched.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting *g:clojure_fold* enables folding Clojure code via the syntax engine.
|
||||
Any list, vector, or map that extends over more than one line can be folded
|
||||
using the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
|
||||
@@ -2890,7 +2906,7 @@ You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
|
||||
Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
|
||||
file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
|
||||
|
||||
" AWK Embedding: {{{1
|
||||
" AWK Embedding:
|
||||
" ==============
|
||||
" Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
|
||||
if exists("b:current_syntax")
|
||||
@@ -4534,9 +4550,9 @@ in their own color.
|
||||
:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
|
||||
for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
|
||||
is found is loaded.
|
||||
To see the name of the currently active color scheme: >
|
||||
:colo
|
||||
< The name is also stored in the g:colors_name variable.
|
||||
Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
|
||||
"start" and then under "opt".
|
||||
|
||||
Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
|
||||
":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
|
||||
After the color scheme has been loaded the
|
||||
@@ -4778,6 +4794,10 @@ font={font-name} *highlight-font*
|
||||
All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
|
||||
character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
|
||||
occur.
|
||||
To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
|
||||
put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:hi comment font='Monospace 10'
|
||||
|
||||
guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
|
||||
guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
|
||||
@@ -5047,6 +5067,9 @@ defaults back: >
|
||||
|
||||
:syntax reset
|
||||
|
||||
It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
|
||||
affects the highlighting.
|
||||
|
||||
This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
|
||||
|
||||
308
runtime/doc/tags
308
runtime/doc/tags
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*term.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2015 Nov 24
|
||||
*term.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Apr 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -302,7 +302,10 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
|
||||
t_u7 request cursor position (for xterm) *t_u7* *'t_u7'*
|
||||
see |'ambiwidth'|
|
||||
t_RB request terminal background color *t_RB* *'t_RB'*
|
||||
see |'ambiwidth'|
|
||||
t_8f set foreground color (R, G, B) *t_8f* *'t_8f'*
|
||||
|xterm-true-color|
|
||||
t_8b set background color (R, G, B) *t_8b* *'t_8b'*
|
||||
|xterm-true-color|
|
||||
|
||||
KEY CODES
|
||||
Note: Use the <> form if possible
|
||||
@@ -419,6 +422,26 @@ VT220, etc.). The result is that codes like <xF1> are no longer needed.
|
||||
Note: This is only done on startup. If the xterm options are changed after
|
||||
Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized anymore.
|
||||
|
||||
*xterm-true-color*
|
||||
Vim supports using true colors in the terminal (taken from |highlight-guifg|
|
||||
and |highlight-guibg|), given that the terminal supports this. To make this
|
||||
work the 'termguicolors' option needs to be set.
|
||||
|
||||
Sometimes setting 'termguicolors' is not enough and one has to set the |t_8f|
|
||||
and |t_8b| options explicitly. Default values of these options are
|
||||
"^[[38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" and "^[[48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" respectively, but it is only
|
||||
set when `$TERM` is `xterm`. Some terminals accept the same sequences, but
|
||||
with all semicolons replaced by colons (this is actually more compatible, but
|
||||
less widely supported): >
|
||||
set t_8f=^[[38:2:%lu:%lu:%lum
|
||||
set t_8b=^[[48:2:%lu:%lu:%lum
|
||||
(replace `^[` with real escape)
|
||||
|
||||
These options contain printf strings, with |printf()| (actually, its C
|
||||
equivalent hence `l` modifier) invoked with the t_ option value and three
|
||||
unsigned long integers that may have any value between 0 and 255 (inclusive)
|
||||
representing red, green and blue colors respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
*xterm-resize*
|
||||
Window resizing with xterm only works if the allowWindowOps resource is
|
||||
enabled. On some systems and versions of xterm it's disabled by default
|
||||
@@ -542,7 +565,7 @@ correct values.
|
||||
|
||||
One command can be used to set the screen size:
|
||||
|
||||
*:mod* *:mode* *E359* *E362*
|
||||
*:mod* *:mode* *E359*
|
||||
:mod[e] [mode]
|
||||
|
||||
Without argument this only detects the screen size and redraws the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*todo.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 24
|
||||
*todo.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Aug 02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -27,98 +27,36 @@ Priority classification:
|
||||
See |develop.txt| for development plans. You can vote for which items should
|
||||
be worked on, but only if you sponsor Vim development. See |sponsor|.
|
||||
|
||||
Issues can also be entered online: http://code.google.com/p/vim/issues/list
|
||||
Issues can also be entered online: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
|
||||
Updates will be forwarded to the vim_dev maillist. Issues entered there will
|
||||
not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
|
||||
|
||||
*known-bugs*
|
||||
-------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Should free_all_functions(void) skip numbered and lambda functions?
|
||||
|
||||
+channel:
|
||||
- don't free channel if there are callbacks.
|
||||
netbeans channel leaks?
|
||||
- job_stop() on MS-Windows: "term" should probably do the same as "kill".
|
||||
- Make JSON encode and decode NaN and Infinity.
|
||||
- A callback on ch_sendraw() should be put at the end of the list of callback
|
||||
handlers. When a message arrives invoke the first one and remove it.
|
||||
- implement TODO items in ":help channel":
|
||||
- job_start() options:
|
||||
term
|
||||
in-io
|
||||
in-file
|
||||
out-io
|
||||
out-file
|
||||
out-buffer
|
||||
err-io
|
||||
err-file
|
||||
err-buffer
|
||||
existing channel to use
|
||||
- job_maystart()
|
||||
- add job_info(): process ID, run/dead, etc.
|
||||
- add ch_info(): in/out/err mode, timeout, callbacks, etc.
|
||||
- Move more details from eval.txt to channel.txt. Add tags in eval.txt.
|
||||
- When receiving malformed json starting with a quote it doesn't get
|
||||
discarded.
|
||||
- Channel test fails with Motif. Sometimes kills the X11 server.
|
||||
- When a message in the queue but there is no callback, drop it after a while?
|
||||
Add timestamp to queued messages and callbacks with ID, remove after a
|
||||
minute.
|
||||
- cleanup on exit? in mch_getout() and getout().
|
||||
- Add more log calls, basically at every branch, before every callback, etc.
|
||||
- add remark about undo sync, is there a way to force it?
|
||||
minute. Option to set the droptime.
|
||||
- Add an option to drop text of very long lines? Default to 1 Mbyte.
|
||||
- Add remark about undo sync, is there a way to force it?
|
||||
- When starting a job, have an option to open the server socket, so we know
|
||||
the port, and pass it to the command with --socket-fd {nr}. (Olaf Dabrunz,
|
||||
Feb 9) How to do this on MS-Windows?
|
||||
- Add more unit-testing in json_test.c
|
||||
- Add a test where ["eval","getline(123)"] gets a line with special
|
||||
characters (NUL, 0x80, etc.). Check that it isn't garbled.
|
||||
- make sure errors lead to a useful error msg. ["ex","foobar"]
|
||||
- json: implement UTF-16 surrogate pair.
|
||||
- For connection to server, a "keep open" flag would be useful. Retry
|
||||
connecting in the main loop with zero timeout.
|
||||
|
||||
Remove the sniff interface? Looks like it's dead.
|
||||
|
||||
More plugin support:
|
||||
- Have a way to install a callback from the main loop. Called every second or
|
||||
so.
|
||||
- Need way to uniquely identify a window, no matter how windows are
|
||||
rearranged. Same for tab pages.
|
||||
getwinid() ID of current winow
|
||||
getwinid({nr}) ID of window {nr}
|
||||
getwinid({nr}, {tab}) ID of window {nr} in tab page {tab}
|
||||
getwinnr({id}) window nr of {id} or -1 if not open
|
||||
gettabnr({id}) tab page nr of {id} or -1 if not open
|
||||
gotowin({id})
|
||||
Make it so that the window ID can be used where currently a window nr is used
|
||||
Patch from Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 21, to make bufwinnr() return a list.
|
||||
Perhaps add bufwinid() instead.
|
||||
|
||||
This difference is unexpected:
|
||||
echo v:true == 1
|
||||
1
|
||||
echo [v:true] == [1]
|
||||
0
|
||||
It's because tv_equal() works different.
|
||||
|
||||
Compiler warnings. (John Marriott, Feb 17)
|
||||
|
||||
Compiler warnings in if_ole.cpp. Patch by Ken Takata, Feb 18.
|
||||
|
||||
When running "make install" don't overwrite the doc/tags file, generate it
|
||||
elsewhere, so that the distributed file doesn't change.
|
||||
|
||||
Fix to support --nofork for Windows batch files. (Kevin Cantú, 2016 Feb 23,
|
||||
#658)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add GTK 3 support. (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2016 Feb 13)
|
||||
|
||||
Why does this: echo "a" . 1.1
|
||||
result in: a11
|
||||
Should recognize float (so long as it's not ".1.1").
|
||||
|
||||
Allow for an empty dictionary key.
|
||||
Later
|
||||
- job_start(): run job in a newly opened terminal.
|
||||
With xterm could use -S{pty}.
|
||||
|
||||
Regexp problems:
|
||||
- Since 7.4.704 the old regex engine fails to match [[:print:]] in 0xf6.
|
||||
(Manuel Ortega, 2016 Apr 24)
|
||||
Test fails on Mac. Avoid using isalpha(), isalnum(), etc? Depends on
|
||||
LC_CTYPE
|
||||
- The regexp engines are not reentrant, causing havoc when interrupted by a
|
||||
remote expression or something else. Move global variables onto the stack
|
||||
or into an allocated struct.
|
||||
@@ -139,6 +77,7 @@ Regexp problems:
|
||||
- NFA regexp doesn't handle \%<v correctly. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 May 12)
|
||||
- Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
|
||||
\%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
|
||||
- \%'[ does not work. '%'] does work. (Masaaki Nakamura, 2016 Apr 4)
|
||||
- Bug relating to back references. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Jul 24)
|
||||
- New RE does not give an error for empty group: "\(\)\{2}" (Dominique Pelle,
|
||||
2015 Feb 7)
|
||||
@@ -159,34 +98,185 @@ Regexp problems:
|
||||
- The pattern "\1" with the old engine gives E65, with the new engine it
|
||||
matches the empty string. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Oct 2, Nov 24)
|
||||
- Search for \\~ causes error E874.
|
||||
- Search for /\%d0\+ causes error E363 in a file with consecutive NUL
|
||||
characters. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jun 7)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to fix that folds close with autocomplete. #643
|
||||
Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 18.
|
||||
json_encode(): should convert to utf-8. (Nikolai Pavlov, 2016 Jan 23)
|
||||
What if there is an invalid character?
|
||||
|
||||
Also include update_curswant() fix for getcurpos(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016
|
||||
Feb 9)
|
||||
Should json_encode()/json_decode() restrict recursiveness?
|
||||
Or avoid recursiveness.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to put undo options together in undo window.
|
||||
(Gary Johnson, 2016 Jan 28)
|
||||
Patch to test popupmenu. Fails, possibly due to a bug.
|
||||
(Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 23)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for clearing history. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2016 Jan 31, second message
|
||||
has tests)
|
||||
Once .exe with updated installer is available: Add remark to download page
|
||||
about /S and /D options (Ken Takata, 2016 Apr 13)
|
||||
Or point to nightly builds: https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to update the GTK icon cache when installing. (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2016
|
||||
Feb 3)
|
||||
Problem with completion on "**/" in $path. (issue #932)
|
||||
Happens in uniquefy_paths() ? More info Jul 22.
|
||||
Fix for this (Harm te Hennepe, 2016 Jul 21, #939)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for test86 and test87. (Roland Puntaier, #622)
|
||||
Cursor positioned in the wrong place when editing src/testdir/test_viml.vim.
|
||||
|
||||
Javascript indent wrong after /* in single quoted string:
|
||||
var SRC = 'src/*.js';
|
||||
function log(tag) {
|
||||
a = b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Use ADDR_OTHER instead of ADDR_LINES for many more commands.
|
||||
Add tests for using number larger than number of lines in buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
Invalid behavior with NULL list. (Nikolai Pavlov, #768)
|
||||
|
||||
For current Windows build .pdb file is missing. (Gabriele Fava, 2016 May 11)
|
||||
5)
|
||||
|
||||
Problem with whitespace in errorformat. (Gerd Wachsmuth, 2016 May 15, #807)
|
||||
|
||||
Undo problem: "g-" doesn't go back, gets stuck. (Björn Linse, 2016 Jul 18)
|
||||
|
||||
Do we need some way (option) to show the sign column even when there are no
|
||||
signs? Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 29.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
|
||||
functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
|
||||
Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
|
||||
Second one. Update May 22.
|
||||
Update by Daniel Hahler, 2014 Jul 4, Aug 14, Oct 14, Oct 15.
|
||||
Updated patch: add an argument to setqflist() and getqflist() for these
|
||||
extra items: Yegappan, 2016 Jul 30.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to detect st terminal supporting xterm mouse. (Manuel Schiller, 2016 Aug
|
||||
2, #963)
|
||||
|
||||
Syntax highlighting for messages with RFC3339 timestamp (#946)
|
||||
Did maintainer reply?
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add filtering of the quickfix list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2016 Mar
|
||||
13, last version) Update June 26, #830.
|
||||
Instead use a Vim script implementation, invoked from a Vim command.
|
||||
|
||||
ml_get errors when reloading file. (Chris Desjardins, 2016 Apr 19)
|
||||
Also with latest version.
|
||||
|
||||
Still problems with 'emoji'. See issue #721. Patch 7.4.1697 half-fixes it.
|
||||
Avoid PLAN_WRITE in windgoto() ?
|
||||
Should already never use utf-8 chars to position the cursor.
|
||||
|
||||
Cannot delete a file with square brackets with delete(). (#696)
|
||||
|
||||
No autocommand for when changing directory. Patch from allen haim, 2016 Jun
|
||||
27, #888
|
||||
Justin M Keyes: use "global" or "window" for the pattern. Can add "tab"
|
||||
later. What if entering a window where ":lcd" was used?
|
||||
|
||||
Completion for input() does not expand environment variables. (chdiza, 2016
|
||||
Jul 25, #948)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
|
||||
Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
|
||||
Ben Fritz: problem with 'selection' set to "exclusive".
|
||||
Updated to current Vim, not quite right yet. (Ben Fritz, 2014 Mar 27)
|
||||
Updated to current Vim (James McCoy, 2016 Jul 30, #958)
|
||||
Still a bit of work left.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add CTRL-N / CTRL-P while searching. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul
|
||||
29)
|
||||
|
||||
's$^$\=capture("s/^//gn")' locks Vim in sandbox mode (#950)
|
||||
Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 27.
|
||||
|
||||
MS-Windows: use WS_HIDE instead of SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE in os_win32.c?
|
||||
Otherwise task flickers in taskbar.
|
||||
|
||||
Should make ":@r" handle line continuation. (Cesar Romani, 2016 Jun 26)
|
||||
Also for ":@.".
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to make printf() convert to string for %s items. (Ken Takata, 2016 Aug
|
||||
1)
|
||||
|
||||
Repeating 'opfunc' in a function only works once. (Tarmean, 2016 Jul 15, #925)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch on issue #728 by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Apr 7. Update with test: Apr 8.
|
||||
Explanation Apr 12.
|
||||
Might be related to:
|
||||
Test 44 fails when [[=A=]] is changed to [[=À=]]. Caused by getcmdline() not
|
||||
handling the 0x80 as a second byte correctly? (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jun 10)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add 'topbot' to 'belloff' option. (Coot, 2016 Mar 18, #695)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for C syntax HL. (Bradley Garagan, 2016 Apr 17) #763
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to make matchit work better, respect 'matchpairs'. (Ken Takata, 2016 Mar
|
||||
25)
|
||||
|
||||
This does not work: :set cscopequickfix=a-
|
||||
(Linewi, 2015 Jul 12, #914)
|
||||
|
||||
Possibly wrong value for seq_cur. (Florent Fayolle, 2016 May 15, #806)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to improve map documentation. Issue #799.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for restoring wide characters in the console buffer.
|
||||
(Ken Takata, 2016 Jun 7)
|
||||
|
||||
We can use '. to go to the last change in the current buffer, but how about
|
||||
the last change in any buffer? Can we use ', (, is next to .)?
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for Python: #622. (Roland Puntaier, 2016 Feb 2)
|
||||
What does it change?
|
||||
|
||||
Win32: patch to use 64 bit stat() if possible. (Ken Takata, 2014 May 12)
|
||||
More tests May 14. Update May 29. Update Aug 10.
|
||||
Now part of large file patches. (Ken Takata, 2016 Feb 1)
|
||||
Two patches now? New update Feb 24.
|
||||
When generating the Unicode tables with runtime/tools/unicode.vim the
|
||||
emoji_width table has only one entry.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to support 64 bit ints for Number. (Ken Takata, 2016 Jan 21)
|
||||
Also in update of Feb 24?
|
||||
It's possible to add ",," to 'wildignore', an empty entry. Causes problems.
|
||||
Reject the value? #710.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is
|
||||
set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to support strikethrough next to bold and italic. (Christian Brabandt,
|
||||
2013 Jul 30) Update from Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 12.
|
||||
Update mentioned by Christian, 2016 Apr 25.
|
||||
Update from Ken Takata, 2016 Jul 17.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to improve cscope. (Adrian Kocis, #843)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add getbufinfo(), gettabinfo() and getwininfo(). (Yegappan
|
||||
Lakshmanan, 2016 Apr 2016) Update Jul 29. #833.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for groovy multi-line comment highlighting. (Justin M. Keyes, 2016 May
|
||||
20 #644)
|
||||
|
||||
When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
|
||||
Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add the :bvimgrep command. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
|
||||
Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858
|
||||
|
||||
Add redrawtabline command. (Naruhiko Nishino, 2016 Jun 11)
|
||||
|
||||
Neovim patch for utfc_ptr2char_len() https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/4574
|
||||
No test, needs some work to include.
|
||||
>
|
||||
Patch to improve indenting for C++ constructor with initializer list.
|
||||
(Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Mar 31)
|
||||
|
||||
After 7.5 is released:
|
||||
- Drop support for older MS-Windows systems, before XP.
|
||||
Patch from Ken Takata, 2016 Mar 8.
|
||||
|
||||
Add stronger encryption. Could use libsodium (NaCl).
|
||||
https://github.com/jedisct1/libsodium/
|
||||
Possibly include the needed code so that it can be build everywhere.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add setbufline(). (email from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, patch by Ozaki
|
||||
Kiichi, 2016 Feb 28)
|
||||
Update Mar 8: https://gist.github.com/mattn/23c1f50999084992ca98
|
||||
Update Mar 13: https://gist.github.com/mattn/23c1f50999084992ca98
|
||||
|
||||
Need to try out instructions in INSSTALLpc.txt about how to install all
|
||||
interfaces and how to build Vim with them.
|
||||
@@ -194,9 +284,6 @@ Appveyor build with self-installing executable, includes getting most
|
||||
interfaces: https://github.com/k-takata/vim/tree/chrisbra-appveyor-build
|
||||
result: https://ci.appveyor.com/project/k-takata/vim/history
|
||||
|
||||
Still using freed memory after using setloclist(). (lcd, 2014 Jul 23)
|
||||
More info Jul 24. Not clear why.
|
||||
|
||||
Duplication of completion suggestions for ":!hom". Issue 539.
|
||||
Patch by Christian, 2016 Jan 29
|
||||
>
|
||||
@@ -205,13 +292,10 @@ work. (ZyX, 2013 Sep 28) With examples: (Malcolm Rowe, 2015 Dec 24)
|
||||
|
||||
Problem using ":try" inside ":execute". (ZyX, 2013 Sep 15)
|
||||
|
||||
jsonencode(): should convert to utf-8. (Nikolai Pavlov, 2016 Jan 23)
|
||||
What if there is an invalid character?
|
||||
Patch to make tests pass with EBCDIC. (Owen Leibman, 2016 Apr 10)
|
||||
|
||||
Should jsonencode()/jsondecode() restrict recursiveness?
|
||||
Or avoid recursiveness.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to fix bug in statusline highlighting. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 2)
|
||||
When repeating the 'confirm' dialog one needs to press Enter. (ds26gte, 2016
|
||||
Apr 17) #762
|
||||
|
||||
Use vim.vim syntax highlighting for help file examples, but without ":" in
|
||||
'iskeyword' for syntax.
|
||||
@@ -221,6 +305,14 @@ Patch to make "%:h:h" return "." instead of the full path.
|
||||
|
||||
Remove SPACE_IN_FILENAME ? What could possibly go wrong?
|
||||
|
||||
When command names are very long :command output is difficult to read. Use a
|
||||
maximum for the column width? (#871)
|
||||
Patcy by varmanishant, 2016 Jun 18, #876
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to change GUI behavior: instead of changing the window size change the
|
||||
lines/columns when menu/toolbar/etc. is added/removed. (Ychin, 2016 Mar 20,
|
||||
#703)
|
||||
|
||||
Installation of .desktop files does not work everywhere.
|
||||
It's now fixed, but the target directory probably isn't right.
|
||||
Add configure check?
|
||||
@@ -228,29 +320,39 @@ Should use /usr/local/share/applications or /usr/share/applications.
|
||||
Or use $XDG_DATA_DIRS.
|
||||
Also need to run update-desktop-database (Kuriyama Kazunobu, 2015 Nov 4)
|
||||
|
||||
Move the README files that are for including in archives to a subdirectory.
|
||||
"readmedir/" ?
|
||||
|
||||
Access to uninitialized memory in match_backref() regexp_nda.c:4882
|
||||
(Dominique Pelle, 2015 Nov 6)
|
||||
|
||||
":cd C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc*" does not work, even though the
|
||||
directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
|
||||
(Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
|
||||
|
||||
7 Add a watchpoint in the debug mode: An expression that breaks execution
|
||||
when evaluating to non-zero. Add the "watchadd expr" command, stop when
|
||||
the value of the expression changes. ":watchdel" deletes an item,
|
||||
":watchlist" lists the items. (Charles Campbell)
|
||||
Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 1.
|
||||
Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jun 10, #859
|
||||
|
||||
If ":bd" also closes a Tab page then the " mark is not set. (Harm te Hennepe,
|
||||
2016 Apr 25, #780)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
|
||||
(Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
|
||||
Update 2016 Jun 10, #861
|
||||
|
||||
Add value "smart" to 'tagcase': ignore case when tag is all lower case.
|
||||
Patch from Christian Brabandt, 2016 Mar 30, #712.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to be able to use hex numbers with :digraph. (Lcd, 2015 Sep 6)
|
||||
Update Sep 7. Update by Christian Brabandt, 2015 Sep 8, 2016 Feb 1.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to show search statistics. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 22)
|
||||
|
||||
When the CursorMovedI event triggers, and CTRL-X was typed, a script cannot
|
||||
restore the mode properly. (Andrew Stewart, 2016 Apr 20)
|
||||
Do not trigger the event?
|
||||
|
||||
Using ":windo" to set options in all windows has the side effect that it
|
||||
changes the window layout and the current window. Make a variant that saves
|
||||
and restores. Use in the matchparen plugin.
|
||||
@@ -269,6 +371,8 @@ https://gist.github.com/presuku/d3d6b230b9b6dcfc0477
|
||||
Patch to make the behavior of "w" more straightforward, but not Vi compatible.
|
||||
With a 'cpo' flag. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 8)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add optionproperties(). (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Mar 27, update Apr 13)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add TagNotFound autocommand. (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 3)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add Error autocommand. (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 17)
|
||||
@@ -292,7 +396,7 @@ set_color_count().
|
||||
|
||||
Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
|
||||
|
||||
Comparing nested structures with "==" uses a different comperator than when
|
||||
Comparing nested structures with "==" uses a different comparator than when
|
||||
comparing individual items.
|
||||
Also, "'' == 0" evaluates to true, which isn't nice.
|
||||
Add "===" to have a strict comparison (type and value match).
|
||||
@@ -309,10 +413,6 @@ wrong name. (Aram, 2014 Nov 7) Vim 7.4.
|
||||
Can't recognize the $ProgramFiles(x86) environment variable. Recognize it
|
||||
specifically? First try with the parens, then without.
|
||||
|
||||
Half-finished patch to fix the Problem using cgn to change a search hit when
|
||||
replacement includes hit. Reported by John Beckett, fix by Christian Brabandt,
|
||||
2016 Jan 11.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add :mapgroup, put mappings in a group like augroup.
|
||||
(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Feb 19)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -330,6 +430,7 @@ Use v:none. var == v:none
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add arguments to argc() and argv(). (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2016 Jan
|
||||
24) Also need a way to get the global arg list? Update later on Jan 24
|
||||
Update Mar 5. Update Apr 7. Update Jun 5.
|
||||
|
||||
To support Thai (and other languages) word boundaries, include the ICU
|
||||
library: http://userguide.icu-project.org/boundaryanalysis
|
||||
@@ -337,15 +438,9 @@ library: http://userguide.icu-project.org/boundaryanalysis
|
||||
When complete() first argument is before where insert started and 'backspace'
|
||||
is Vi compatible, the completion fails. (Hirohito Higashi, 2015 Feb 19)
|
||||
|
||||
Test 44 fails when [[=A=]] is changed to [[=À=]]. Caused by getcmdline() not
|
||||
handling the 0x80 as a second byte correctly? (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jun 10)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to use two highlight groups for relative numbers. (Shaun Brady, 2016 Jan
|
||||
30)
|
||||
|
||||
Weird encryption problems on Windows. (Ben Fritz, 2015 Feb 13)
|
||||
Goes away when disabling the swap file. (might1, Feb 16)
|
||||
|
||||
MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
|
||||
(Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -369,24 +464,17 @@ wildcards. Add a ":nowild" command modifier? (ZyX, 2015 March 4)
|
||||
Proposal to make options.txt easier to read. (Arnaud Decara, 2015 Aug 5)
|
||||
Update Aug 14.
|
||||
|
||||
Crash in :cnext on MS-Windows. (Ben Fritz, 2015 Oct 27)
|
||||
|
||||
When using --remote-tab on MS-Windows 'encoding' hasn't been initialized yet,
|
||||
the file name ends up encoded wrong. (Raul Coronado, 2015 Dec 21)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
|
||||
26, update 2013 Dec 14, another 2014 Nov 22)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for problem with restoring screen on Windows. (Nobuhiro Takasaki, 2015
|
||||
Sep 10)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to improve I/O for Perl. (Damien, 2015 Jan 9, update Jan 22 2nd one)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to set antialiasing style on Windows. (Ondrej Balaz, 2013 Mar 14)
|
||||
Needs a different check for CLEARTYPE_QUALITY.
|
||||
Problem mentioned by Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 4.
|
||||
|
||||
Example in editing.txt uses $HOME with the expectating that it ends in a
|
||||
Example in editing.txt uses $HOME with the expectation that it ends in a
|
||||
slash. For me it does, but perhaps not for everybody. Add a function that
|
||||
inserts a slash when needed? pathconcat(dir, path) (Thilo Six, 2015 Aug 12)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -399,10 +487,6 @@ Patch to fix checking global option value when not using it.
|
||||
When 'showbreak' is set repeating a Visual operation counts the size of the
|
||||
'showbreak' text as part of the operation. (Axel Bender, 2015 Jul 20)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to apply 'fileformats' when starting Vim. (Mike Williams, 2015 Jul 22)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for matchit plugin related to multibyte chars. (Ken Takata, 2015 Jul 22)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
|
||||
(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
|
||||
Is this the right solution? Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
|
||||
@@ -413,6 +497,7 @@ Is this the right solution? Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
|
||||
covered by the above change.
|
||||
So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
|
||||
same thing. Remarks on issue 543 (Roland Puntaier).
|
||||
Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add grepfile(). (Scott Prager, 2015 May 26)
|
||||
Work in progress.
|
||||
@@ -430,9 +515,6 @@ Breaks test_eval. Inefficient, can we only compute y_width when needed?
|
||||
Patch to use different terminal mode settings for system(). (Hayaki Saito)
|
||||
Does this work for everybody?
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to fix that wide characters do not work properly after exiting.
|
||||
(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2015 May 24) Better patch to come.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add wordcount(). Same info as g CTRL-G. (Christian Brabandt, 2015
|
||||
Nov 17)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -458,6 +540,7 @@ Mixup of highlighting when there is a match and SpellBad. (ZyX, 2015 Jan 1)
|
||||
Patch for drag&drop reordering of GUI tab pages reordering.
|
||||
(Ken Takata, 2013 Nov 22, second one, also by Masamichi Abe)
|
||||
Now on Git: https://gist.github.com/nocd5/165286495c782b815b94
|
||||
Update 2016 Mar 15.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch on Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -490,12 +573,6 @@ Is this a good solution?
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add /pattern/ to :oldfiles. Pull #575.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
|
||||
functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
|
||||
Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
|
||||
Second one. Update May 22.
|
||||
Update by Daniel Hahler, 2014 Jul 4, Aug 14, Oct 14, Oct 15.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
|
||||
(Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30, again 2011 Jul 2)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -511,7 +588,7 @@ Patch for ordered dict. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2015 May 7)
|
||||
Patch to make closed folds line up. (Charles Campbell, 2014 Sep 12)
|
||||
Remark from Roland Eggner: does it cause crashes? (2014 Dec 12)
|
||||
Updated patch by Roland Eggner, Dec 16
|
||||
Updated patch from Charles, 2016 Jan 4.
|
||||
Updated patch from Charles, 2016 Jul 2
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to open folds for 'incsearch'. (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jan 6)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -524,7 +601,7 @@ Patch: On MS-Windows shellescape() may have to triple double quotes.
|
||||
(Ingo Karkat, 2015 Jan 16)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for variable tabstops. On github (Christian Brabandt, 2014 May 15)
|
||||
Update 2016 Jan 31 (email).
|
||||
Update 2016 Jun 10, # 857
|
||||
|
||||
Redo only remembers the last change. Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
|
||||
change. How does the user know which change? At least have a way to list
|
||||
@@ -547,9 +624,6 @@ Jun 8)
|
||||
Bug: Autocompleting ":tag/pat" replaces "/pat" with a match but does not
|
||||
insert a space. (Micha Mos, 2014 Nov 7)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add the :bvimgrep command. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
|
||||
Updated 2016 Feb 10
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add argument to :cquit. (Thinca, 2014 Oct 12)
|
||||
|
||||
No error for missing endwhile. (ZyX, 2014 Mar 20)
|
||||
@@ -568,6 +642,9 @@ Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single quote:
|
||||
New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV. But they are not
|
||||
compatible with Vim spell files. The old files can no longer be downloaded.
|
||||
|
||||
xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
|
||||
buffers that changed. Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
|
||||
Xterm 224 supports it!
|
||||
Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
|
||||
Saito, 2013 Apr 24) Has a problem (email 2015 Jan 7).
|
||||
Update 2015 Jan 10.
|
||||
@@ -583,9 +660,6 @@ What for systems that don't have unsetenv()?
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add a :domodeline command. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 21)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add TabNew, TabNewEntered and TabClosed autocommand events.
|
||||
(Felipe Morales, 2015 Feb 1)
|
||||
|
||||
This does not give an error: (Andre Sihera, 2014 Mar 21)
|
||||
vim -u NONE 1 2 3 -c 'bufdo if 1 | echo 1'
|
||||
This neither: (ZyX)
|
||||
@@ -652,14 +726,6 @@ various other commands. (ZyX, 2014 Mar 30)
|
||||
Patch to skip sort if no line matches the expression.
|
||||
(Christian Brabandt, 2014 Jun 25)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add sortuniq(). (Cade Forester, 2014 Mar 19)
|
||||
Or add uniq() instead? Patch by lcd47, but it has problems.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
|
||||
Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
|
||||
Or should we add a more general mechanism, like a lambda() function?
|
||||
Patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Sep 16.
|
||||
|
||||
VMS: Select() doesn't work properly, typing ESC may hang Vim. Use sys$qiow
|
||||
instead. (Samuel Ferencik, 2013 Sep 28)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -707,11 +773,6 @@ Patch by Thomas Tuegel, also for GTK, 2013 Nov 24
|
||||
|
||||
:help gives example for z?, but it does not work. m? and t? do work.
|
||||
|
||||
Python: Extended funcrefs: use func_T* structure in place of char_u* function
|
||||
names.
|
||||
(ZyX, 2013 Jul 15, update Sep 22, 24, 28; Update 2013 Dec 15, 2014 Jan 6)
|
||||
Also fixes Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add funcref to Lua. (Luis Carvalho, 2013 Sep 4)
|
||||
With tests: Sep 5.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -798,6 +859,7 @@ optional. (2013 Jul 12)
|
||||
Dialog is too big on Linux too. (David Fishburn, 2013 Sep 2)
|
||||
|
||||
Improve the installer for MS-Windows. There are a few alternatives:
|
||||
- Add silent install option. (Shane Lee, #751)
|
||||
- Installer from Cream (Steve Hall).
|
||||
- Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen)
|
||||
https://github.com/gpwen/vim-installer-mui2
|
||||
@@ -826,11 +888,6 @@ In the ATTENTION message about an existing swap file, mention the name of the
|
||||
process that is running. It might actually be some other program, e.g. after
|
||||
a reboot.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
|
||||
Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
|
||||
Ben Fritz: problem with 'selection' set to "exclusive".
|
||||
Updated to current Vim, not quite right yet. (Ben Fritz, 2014 Mar 27)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to select the next or previous text object if there isn't one under the
|
||||
cursor. (Daniel Thau, 2013 Nov 20)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -852,9 +909,6 @@ Patch to make confirm() display colors. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 9)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to add functions for signs. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 27)
|
||||
|
||||
Do we need some way (option) to show the sign column even when there are no
|
||||
signs? Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to remove flicker from popup menu. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 15)
|
||||
|
||||
Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17)
|
||||
@@ -1101,7 +1155,7 @@ Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)
|
||||
|
||||
"0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to addd TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
|
||||
Patch to add TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
|
||||
May 24) Update May 26.
|
||||
|
||||
Patch for :tabrecently. (Hirokazu Yoshida, 2012 Jan 30)
|
||||
@@ -1273,12 +1327,6 @@ Gui menu edit/paste in block mode insert only inserts in one line (Bjorn
|
||||
Winckler, 2011 May 11)
|
||||
Requires a map mode for Insert mode started from blockwise Visual mode.
|
||||
|
||||
Use json format for new items in .viminfo:
|
||||
|["info","any info"]
|
||||
|["text","text text text"
|
||||
|"continuation line"]
|
||||
|["hist",242342342,{"arg":"value"}]
|
||||
|
||||
Writing nested List and Dict in viminfo gives error message and can't be read
|
||||
back. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2010 Nov 13)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1563,8 +1611,6 @@ still delete them. Also convert all buffer file names?
|
||||
|
||||
Update src/testdir/main.aap.
|
||||
|
||||
"vim -c 'sniff connect'" hangs Vim. (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Dec 7)
|
||||
|
||||
Something wrong with session that has "cd" commands and "badd", in such a way
|
||||
that Vim doesn't find the edited file in the buffer list, causing the
|
||||
ATTENTION message? (Tony Mechelynck, 2008 Dec 1)
|
||||
@@ -1580,9 +1626,6 @@ probably causes this.
|
||||
'scrollbind' is not respected when deleting lines or undo. (Milan Vancura,
|
||||
2009 Jan 16)
|
||||
|
||||
Patch to support strikethrough next to bold and italic. (Christian Brabandt,
|
||||
2013 Jul 30) Update from Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 12.
|
||||
|
||||
Document that default font in Athena can be set with resources:
|
||||
XtDefaultFont: "9x15"
|
||||
XtDefaultFontSet: "9x15"
|
||||
@@ -1750,9 +1793,6 @@ Fail to edit file after failed register access. Error flag remains set?
|
||||
Patch for redo register. (Ben Schmidt, 2007 Oct 19)
|
||||
Await response to question to make the register writable.
|
||||
|
||||
src/testdir/Make_dos.mak: not all tests are included, e.g., test49, without a
|
||||
remark why.
|
||||
|
||||
Problem with 'ts' set to 9 and 'showbreak' to ">>>". (Matthew Winn, 2007 Oct
|
||||
1)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1930,10 +1970,6 @@ Win32: using "gvim --remote-tab-silent fname" sometimes gives an empty screen
|
||||
with the more prompt. Caused by setting the guitablabel? (Thomas Michael
|
||||
Engelke, 2007 Dec 20 - 2008 Jan 17)
|
||||
|
||||
Win64: Seek error in swap file for a very big file (3 Gbyte). Check storing
|
||||
pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
|
||||
Patches from Ken Takata might help (2014 Apr 17)
|
||||
|
||||
Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)
|
||||
|
||||
Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing.
|
||||
@@ -2243,10 +2279,6 @@ Patch for adding ":lscscope". (Navdeep Parhar, 2007 Apr 26; update 2008 Apr
|
||||
tabs and the autocommand "autocmd BufWinLeave * mkview". (James Vega, 2007
|
||||
Jun 18)
|
||||
|
||||
xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
|
||||
buffers that changed. Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
|
||||
Xterm 224 supports it!
|
||||
|
||||
When completing from another file that uses a different encoding completion
|
||||
text has the wrong encoding. E.g., when 'encoding' is utf-8 and file is
|
||||
latin1. Example from Gombault Damien, 2007 Mar 24.
|
||||
@@ -2720,64 +2752,7 @@ GUI:
|
||||
currently. This is very obvious on a 66Mhz 486.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MSDOS/DJGPP:
|
||||
9 Pressing CTRL-C often crashes the console Vim runs in. (Ken Liao)
|
||||
When 'bioskey' isn't set it doesn't happen. Could be a problem with the
|
||||
BIOS emulation of the console. Version 5.6 already had this problem.
|
||||
8 DJGPP: "cd c:" can take us to a directory that no longer exists.
|
||||
change_drive() doesn't check this. How to check for this error?
|
||||
9 The 16 bit version runs out of memory very quickly. Should find unused
|
||||
code and reduce static data. Resetting 'writebackup' helps to be able to
|
||||
write a file.
|
||||
9 Crash when running on Windows 98 in a console window and pressing CTRL-C.
|
||||
Happens now and then. When debugging Vim in gdb this also happens. Since
|
||||
the console crashes, might be a bug in the DOS console. Resetting
|
||||
'bioskey' avoids it, but then CTRL-C doesn't work.
|
||||
9 DOS: Make CTRL-Fx and ALT-Fx work.
|
||||
CTRL-F1 = CE-5E, CTRL-F2 = CE-5F, .., CTRL-F10 = CE-67
|
||||
ALT-F1 = CE-68, ALT-F2 = CE-69, .., ALT-F10 = CE-71
|
||||
Shifted cursor keys produce same codes as unshifted keys. Use bioskey(2)
|
||||
to get modifier mask for <S-C-M-Fx>.
|
||||
Use K_SPECIAL/KS_MODIFIER codes to insert modifier mask in input stream?
|
||||
Make this work like in Win32 console.
|
||||
Mapping things like <M-A> doesn't work, because it generates an extended
|
||||
key code. Use a translation table?
|
||||
9 Can't read an opened swap file when the "share" command has not been used.
|
||||
At least ignore the swap files that Vim has opened itself.
|
||||
8 Use DJGPP 2.03.
|
||||
8 The Dos32 version (DJGPP) can't use long file names on Windows NT.
|
||||
Check if new package can be used (v2misc/ntlfn08[bs].zip).
|
||||
8 setlocale() is bogus.
|
||||
8 Vim busy waits for new characters or mouse clicks. Should put in some
|
||||
sort of sleep, to avoid eating 50% of the CPU time. Test on an unpatched
|
||||
Windows 95 system!
|
||||
8 DJGPP: when shell is bash, make fails. (Donahoe)
|
||||
7 Hitting CTRL-P twice quickly (e.g., in keyword completion) on a 8088
|
||||
machine, starts printer echo! (John Mullin).
|
||||
7 MSDOS 16 bit version can't work with COMSPEC that has an argument, e.g.:
|
||||
COMSPEC=C:\WINDOWS\COMMAND.COM /E:4096 (Bradley)
|
||||
Caused by BCC system() function (Borland "make" has the same problem).
|
||||
8 Mouse: handle left&right button pressed as middle button pressed. Add
|
||||
modifier keys shift, ctrl and alt.
|
||||
7 When too many files are open (depends on FILES), strange things happen.
|
||||
The Dos16 version runs out of memory, in the Dos32 version "!ls" causes a
|
||||
crash. Another symptom: .swp files are not deleted, existing files are
|
||||
"[New file]".
|
||||
7 DJGPP version doesn't work with graphics display mode. Switch to a mode
|
||||
that is supported?
|
||||
8 DJGPP: ":mode" doesn't work for many modes. Disable them.
|
||||
8 DJGPP: When starting in Ex mode, shouldn't clear the screen. (Walter
|
||||
Briscoe)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MSDOS, OS/2 and Win32:
|
||||
8 OS/2: Add backtick expansion. Undefine NO_EXPANDPATH and use
|
||||
gen_expand_wildcards().
|
||||
8 OS/2: Add clipboard support? See example clipbrd.exe from Alexander
|
||||
Wagner.
|
||||
8 OS/2: Add Extended Attributes support and define HAVE_ACL.
|
||||
8 OS/2: When editing a file name "foo.txt" that is actually called FOO.txt,
|
||||
writing uses "foo.txt". Should obtain the real file name.
|
||||
Win32 console:
|
||||
8 Should $USERPROFILE be preferred above $HOMEDRIVE/$HOMEPATH? No, but it's
|
||||
a good fallback, thus use:
|
||||
$HOME
|
||||
@@ -3591,8 +3566,6 @@ Multi-byte characters:
|
||||
convert_input() for Mac GUI.
|
||||
- Add mnemonics from RFC1345 longer than two characters.
|
||||
Support CTRL-K _{mnemonic}_
|
||||
7 In "-- INSERT (lang) --" show the name of the keymap used instead of
|
||||
"lang". (Ilya Dogolazky)
|
||||
- Make 'breakat' accept multi-byte characters. Problem: can't use a lookup
|
||||
table anymore (breakat_flags[]).
|
||||
Simplistic solution: when 'formatoptions' contains "m" also break a line
|
||||
@@ -3781,7 +3754,7 @@ Syntax highlighting:
|
||||
unprintable char another color. Would be useful for ^M at end of line.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Built-in script language:
|
||||
Vim script language:
|
||||
8 Make the filename and line number available to script functions, so that
|
||||
they can give useful debugging info. The whole call stack would be ideal.
|
||||
At least use this for error messages.
|
||||
@@ -3802,14 +3775,10 @@ Built-in script language:
|
||||
7 ":include" command: just like ":source" but doesn't start a new scriptID?
|
||||
Will be tricky for the list of script names.
|
||||
8 Have a look at VSEL. Would it be useful to include? (Bigham)
|
||||
8 Add ":fungroup" command, to group function definitions together. When
|
||||
encountered, all functions in the group are removed. Suggest using an
|
||||
obscure name to avoid name clashes. Require a ":fungroup END" in the same
|
||||
sourced file? Assume the group ends at the end of the file. Handle
|
||||
nested packages?
|
||||
Alternative: Support packages. {package-name}:{function-name}().
|
||||
Packages are loaded automatically when first used, from
|
||||
$VIMRUNTIME/packages (or use a search path).
|
||||
8 Have a prefix for a function to make it unique. When using packages it
|
||||
can be the plugin name.
|
||||
Perhaps also have a way to remove everything that the package added?
|
||||
including autocommands.
|
||||
7 Pre-parse or compile Vim scripts into a bytecode.
|
||||
1. Put the bytecode with the original script, with an ":if
|
||||
has('bytecode')" around it, so that it's only used with a Vim that
|
||||
@@ -3826,8 +3795,6 @@ Built-in script language:
|
||||
8 Add functions:
|
||||
has(":command") Check if ":command" works. compare function
|
||||
with "ex_ni". E.g. for ":simalt".
|
||||
system() With a List argument. Bypasses the shell, use
|
||||
exec() directly. (Bob Hiestand)
|
||||
escape() Add argument to specify what to escape with.
|
||||
modestack() Instead of just the current mode return the
|
||||
stack of Insert / CTRL-O / :normal things.
|
||||
@@ -3877,7 +3844,7 @@ Built-in script language:
|
||||
8 Pass the command line arguments to Vim scripts in some way. As v:args
|
||||
List? Or extra parameter to argv()?
|
||||
8 Add command arguments with three dashes, passed on to Vim scripts.
|
||||
7 Add optional arguments to user functions:
|
||||
9 Add optional arguments to user functions:
|
||||
:func myFunc(arg1, arg2, arg3 = "blah", arg4 = 17)
|
||||
6 User functions: Functions local to buffer "b:func()"?
|
||||
8 For Strings add ":let var[{expr}] = {expr}". When past the end of "var"
|
||||
@@ -4930,7 +4897,7 @@ Searching:
|
||||
lines 23 to 45? Or does this conflict with Ex range syntax?
|
||||
8 Allow identical pairs in 'matchpairs'. Restrict the search to the current
|
||||
line.
|
||||
7 Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'. Use ~/vim/macros/matchit.vim as an
|
||||
7 Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'. Use matchit.vim as an
|
||||
example.
|
||||
8 Make it possible to define the character that "%" checks for in
|
||||
#if/#endif. For nmake it's !if/!endif.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*usr_05.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2012 Nov 20
|
||||
*usr_05.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Mar 28
|
||||
|
||||
VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -12,10 +12,11 @@ Vim's capabilities. Or define your own macros.
|
||||
|05.1| The vimrc file
|
||||
|05.2| The example vimrc file explained
|
||||
|05.3| Simple mappings
|
||||
|05.4| Adding a plugin
|
||||
|05.5| Adding a help file
|
||||
|05.6| The option window
|
||||
|05.7| Often used options
|
||||
|05.4| Adding a package
|
||||
|05.5| Adding a plugin
|
||||
|05.6| Adding a help file
|
||||
|05.7| The option window
|
||||
|05.8| Often used options
|
||||
|
||||
Next chapter: |usr_06.txt| Using syntax highlighting
|
||||
Previous chapter: |usr_04.txt| Making small changes
|
||||
@@ -263,7 +264,45 @@ The ":map" command (with no arguments) lists your current mappings. At
|
||||
least the ones for Normal mode. More about mappings in section |40.1|.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
*05.4* Adding a plugin *add-plugin* *plugin*
|
||||
*05.4* Adding a package *add-package* *matchit-install*
|
||||
|
||||
A package is a set of files that you can add to Vim. There are two kinds of
|
||||
packages: optional and automatically loaded on startup.
|
||||
|
||||
The Vim distribution comes with a few packages that you can optionally use.
|
||||
For example, the matchit plugin. This plugin makes the "%" command jump to
|
||||
matching HTML tags, if/else/endif in Vim scripts, etc. Very useful, although
|
||||
it's not backwards compatible (that's why it is not enabled by default).
|
||||
|
||||
To start using the matchit plugin, add one line to your vimrc file: >
|
||||
packadd! matchit
|
||||
|
||||
That's all! After restarting Vim you can find help about this plugin: >
|
||||
:help matchit
|
||||
|
||||
This works, because when `:packadd` loaded the plugin it also added the
|
||||
package directory in 'runtimepath', so that the help file can be found.
|
||||
|
||||
You can find packages on the Internet in various places. It usually comes as
|
||||
an archive or as a repository. For an archive you can follow these steps:
|
||||
1. create the package directory: >
|
||||
mkdir -p ~/.vim/pack/fancy
|
||||
< "fancy" can be any name of your liking. Use one that describes the
|
||||
package.
|
||||
2. unpack the archive in that directory. This assumes the top
|
||||
directory in the archive is "start": >
|
||||
cd ~/.vim/pack/fancy
|
||||
unzip /tmp/fancy.zip
|
||||
< If the archive layout is different make sure that you end up with a
|
||||
path like this:
|
||||
~/.vim/pack/fancy/start/fancytext/plugin/fancy.vim ~
|
||||
Here "fancytext" is the name of the package, it can be anything
|
||||
else.
|
||||
|
||||
More information about packages can be found here: |packages|.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
*05.5* Adding a plugin *add-plugin* *plugin*
|
||||
|
||||
Vim's functionality can be extended by adding plugins. A plugin is nothing
|
||||
more than a Vim script file that is loaded automatically when Vim starts. You
|
||||
@@ -324,10 +363,9 @@ Example for Unix (assuming you didn't have a plugin directory yet): >
|
||||
|
||||
mkdir ~/.vim
|
||||
mkdir ~/.vim/plugin
|
||||
cp /usr/local/share/vim/vim60/macros/justify.vim ~/.vim/plugin
|
||||
cp /tmp/yourplugin.vim ~/.vim/plugin
|
||||
|
||||
That's all! Now you can use the commands defined in this plugin to justify
|
||||
text.
|
||||
That's all! Now you can use the commands defined in this plugin.
|
||||
|
||||
Instead of putting plugins directly into the plugin/ directory, you may
|
||||
better organize them by putting them into subdirectories under plugin/.
|
||||
@@ -415,23 +453,19 @@ Further reading:
|
||||
|new-filetype| How to detect a new file type.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
*05.5* Adding a help file *add-local-help* *matchit-install*
|
||||
*05.6* Adding a help file *add-local-help*
|
||||
|
||||
If you are lucky, the plugin you installed also comes with a help file. We
|
||||
will explain how to install the help file, so that you can easily find help
|
||||
for your new plugin.
|
||||
Let us use the "matchit.vim" plugin as an example (it is included with
|
||||
Vim). This plugin makes the "%" command jump to matching HTML tags,
|
||||
if/else/endif in Vim scripts, etc. Very useful, although it's not backwards
|
||||
compatible (that's why it is not enabled by default).
|
||||
This plugin comes with documentation: "matchit.txt". Let's first copy the
|
||||
plugin to the right directory. This time we will do it from inside Vim, so
|
||||
that we can use $VIMRUNTIME. (You may skip some of the "mkdir" commands if
|
||||
you already have the directory.) >
|
||||
Let us use the "doit.vim" plugin as an example. This plugin comes with
|
||||
documentation: "doit.txt". Let's first copy the plugin to the right
|
||||
directory. This time we will do it from inside Vim. (You may skip some of
|
||||
the "mkdir" commands if you already have the directory.) >
|
||||
|
||||
:!mkdir ~/.vim
|
||||
:!mkdir ~/.vim/plugin
|
||||
:!cp $VIMRUNTIME/macros/matchit.vim ~/.vim/plugin
|
||||
:!cp /tmp/doit.vim ~/.vim/plugin
|
||||
|
||||
The "cp" command is for Unix, on MS-DOS you can use "copy".
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -441,7 +475,7 @@ Now create a "doc" directory in one of the directories in 'runtimepath'. >
|
||||
|
||||
Copy the help file to the "doc" directory. >
|
||||
|
||||
:!cp $VIMRUNTIME/macros/matchit.txt ~/.vim/doc
|
||||
:!cp /tmp/doit.txt ~/.vim/doc
|
||||
|
||||
Now comes the trick, which allows you to jump to the subjects in the new help
|
||||
file: Generate the local tags file with the |:helptags| command. >
|
||||
@@ -450,10 +484,10 @@ file: Generate the local tags file with the |:helptags| command. >
|
||||
|
||||
Now you can use the >
|
||||
|
||||
:help g%
|
||||
:help doit
|
||||
|
||||
command to find help for "g%" in the help file you just added. You can see an
|
||||
entry for the local help file when you do: >
|
||||
command to find help for "doit" in the help file you just added. You can see
|
||||
an entry for the local help file when you do: >
|
||||
|
||||
:help local-additions
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -464,7 +498,7 @@ them through the tag.
|
||||
For writing a local help file, see |write-local-help|.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
*05.6* The option window
|
||||
*05.7* The option window
|
||||
|
||||
If you are looking for an option that does what you want, you can search in
|
||||
the help files here: |options|. Another way is by using this command: >
|
||||
@@ -503,7 +537,7 @@ border. This is what the 'scrolloff' option does, it specifies an offset
|
||||
from the window border where scrolling starts.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
*05.7* Often used options
|
||||
*05.8* Often used options
|
||||
|
||||
There are an awful lot of options. Most of them you will hardly ever use.
|
||||
Some of the more useful ones will be mentioned here. Don't forget you can
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*usr_25.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2014 Oct 29
|
||||
*usr_25.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Mar 28
|
||||
|
||||
VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -196,12 +196,16 @@ Vim has no built-in way of justifying text. However, there is a neat macro
|
||||
package that does the job. To use this package, execute the following
|
||||
command: >
|
||||
|
||||
:runtime macros/justify.vim
|
||||
:packadd justify
|
||||
|
||||
Or put this line in your |vimrc|: >
|
||||
|
||||
packadd! justify
|
||||
|
||||
This Vim script file defines a new visual command "_j". To justify a block of
|
||||
text, highlight the text in Visual mode and then execute "_j".
|
||||
Look in the file for more explanations. To go there, do "gf" on this name:
|
||||
$VIMRUNTIME/macros/justify.vim.
|
||||
$VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/justify/plugin/justify.vim.
|
||||
|
||||
An alternative is to filter the text through an external program. Example: >
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*usr_29.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2008 Jun 28
|
||||
*usr_29.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 27
|
||||
|
||||
VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -265,9 +265,6 @@ doesn't work if the tags file isn't sorted.
|
||||
The 'taglength' option can be used to tell Vim the number of significant
|
||||
characters in a tag.
|
||||
|
||||
When you use the SNiFF+ program, you can use the Vim interface to it |sniff|.
|
||||
SNiFF+ is a commercial program.
|
||||
|
||||
Cscope is a free program. It does not only find places where an identifier is
|
||||
declared, but also where it is used. See |cscope|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*usr_41.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 14
|
||||
*usr_41.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 24
|
||||
|
||||
VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -592,6 +592,7 @@ String manipulation: *string-functions*
|
||||
match() position where a pattern matches in a string
|
||||
matchend() position where a pattern match ends in a string
|
||||
matchstr() match of a pattern in a string
|
||||
matchstrpos() match and positions of a pattern in a string
|
||||
matchlist() like matchstr() and also return submatches
|
||||
stridx() first index of a short string in a long string
|
||||
strridx() last index of a short string in a long string
|
||||
@@ -601,13 +602,16 @@ String manipulation: *string-functions*
|
||||
strdisplaywidth() size of string when displayed, deals with tabs
|
||||
substitute() substitute a pattern match with a string
|
||||
submatch() get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
|
||||
strpart() get part of a string
|
||||
strpart() get part of a string using byte index
|
||||
strcharpart() get part of a string using char index
|
||||
strgetchar() get character from a string using char index
|
||||
expand() expand special keywords
|
||||
iconv() convert text from one encoding to another
|
||||
byteidx() byte index of a character in a string
|
||||
byteidxcomp() like byteidx() but count composing characters
|
||||
repeat() repeat a string multiple times
|
||||
eval() evaluate a string expression
|
||||
execute() execute an Ex command and get the output
|
||||
|
||||
List manipulation: *list-functions*
|
||||
get() get an item without error for wrong index
|
||||
@@ -677,6 +681,7 @@ Floating point computation: *float-functions*
|
||||
sinh() hyperbolic sine
|
||||
cosh() hyperbolic cosine
|
||||
tanh() hyperbolic tangent
|
||||
isnan() check for not a number
|
||||
|
||||
Other computation: *bitwise-function*
|
||||
and() bitwise AND
|
||||
@@ -731,11 +736,14 @@ Working with text in the current buffer: *text-functions*
|
||||
searchpair() find the other end of a start/skip/end
|
||||
searchpairpos() find the other end of a start/skip/end
|
||||
searchdecl() search for the declaration of a name
|
||||
getcharsearch() return character search information
|
||||
setcharsearch() set character search information
|
||||
|
||||
*system-functions* *file-functions*
|
||||
System functions and manipulation of files:
|
||||
glob() expand wildcards
|
||||
globpath() expand wildcards in a number of directories
|
||||
glob2regpat() convert a glob pattern into a search pattern
|
||||
findfile() find a file in a list of directories
|
||||
finddir() find a directory in a list of directories
|
||||
resolve() find out where a shortcut points to
|
||||
@@ -747,6 +755,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
|
||||
filereadable() check if a file can be read
|
||||
filewritable() check if a file can be written to
|
||||
getfperm() get the permissions of a file
|
||||
setfperm() set the permissions of a file
|
||||
getftype() get the kind of a file
|
||||
isdirectory() check if a directory exists
|
||||
getfsize() get the size of a file
|
||||
@@ -768,6 +777,7 @@ Date and Time: *date-functions* *time-functions*
|
||||
strftime() convert time to a string
|
||||
reltime() get the current or elapsed time accurately
|
||||
reltimestr() convert reltime() result to a string
|
||||
reltimefloat() convert reltime() result to a Float
|
||||
|
||||
*buffer-functions* *window-functions* *arg-functions*
|
||||
Buffers, windows and the argument list:
|
||||
@@ -784,9 +794,15 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
|
||||
tabpagenr() get the number of a tab page
|
||||
tabpagewinnr() like winnr() for a specified tab page
|
||||
winnr() get the window number for the current window
|
||||
bufwinid() get the window ID of a specific buffer
|
||||
bufwinnr() get the window number of a specific buffer
|
||||
winbufnr() get the buffer number of a specific window
|
||||
getbufline() get a list of lines from the specified buffer
|
||||
win_findbuf() find windows containing a buffer
|
||||
win_getid() get window ID of a window
|
||||
win_gotoid() go to window with ID
|
||||
win_id2tabwin() get tab and window nr from window ID
|
||||
win_id2win() get window nr from window ID
|
||||
|
||||
Command line: *command-line-functions*
|
||||
getcmdline() get the current command line
|
||||
@@ -794,6 +810,7 @@ Command line: *command-line-functions*
|
||||
setcmdpos() set position of the cursor in the command line
|
||||
getcmdtype() return the current command-line type
|
||||
getcmdwintype() return the current command-line window type
|
||||
getcompletion() list of command-line completion matches
|
||||
|
||||
Quickfix and location lists: *quickfix-functions*
|
||||
getqflist() list of quickfix errors
|
||||
@@ -889,17 +906,58 @@ Mappings: *mapping-functions*
|
||||
wildmenumode() check if the wildmode is active
|
||||
|
||||
Testing: *test-functions*
|
||||
assert_equal() assert that two expressions values are equal
|
||||
assert_equal() assert that two expressions values are equal
|
||||
assert_notequal() assert that two expressions values are not equal
|
||||
assert_inrange() assert that an expression is inside a range
|
||||
assert_match() assert that a pattern matches the value
|
||||
assert_notmatch() assert that a pattern does not match the value
|
||||
assert_false() assert that an expression is false
|
||||
assert_true() assert that an expression is true
|
||||
assert_exception() assert that a command throws an exception
|
||||
assert_fails() assert that a function call fails
|
||||
test_alloc_fail() make memory allocation fail
|
||||
test_autochdir() enable 'autochdir' during startup
|
||||
test_disable_char_avail() test without typeahead
|
||||
test_garbagecollect_now() free memory right now
|
||||
test_null_channel() return a null Channel
|
||||
test_null_dict() return a null Dict
|
||||
test_null_job() return a null Job
|
||||
test_null_list() return a null List
|
||||
test_null_partial() return a null Partial function
|
||||
test_null_string() return a null String
|
||||
|
||||
Inter-process communication:
|
||||
Inter-process communication: *channel-functions*
|
||||
ch_open() open a channel
|
||||
ch_close() close a channel
|
||||
ch_read() read a message from a channel
|
||||
ch_readraw() read a raw message from a channel
|
||||
ch_sendexpr() send a JSON message over a channel
|
||||
ch_sendraw() send a raw message over a channel
|
||||
jsonencode() encode an expression to a JSON string
|
||||
jsondecode() decode a JSON string to Vim types
|
||||
ch_evalexpr() evaluates an expression over channel
|
||||
ch_evalraw() evaluates a raw string over channel
|
||||
ch_status() get status of a channel
|
||||
ch_getbufnr() get the buffer number of a channel
|
||||
ch_getjob() get the job associated with a channel
|
||||
ch_info() get channel information
|
||||
ch_log() write a message in the channel log file
|
||||
ch_logfile() set the channel log file
|
||||
ch_setoptions() set the options for a channel
|
||||
json_encode() encode an expression to a JSON string
|
||||
json_decode() decode a JSON string to Vim types
|
||||
js_encode() encode an expression to a JSON string
|
||||
js_decode() decode a JSON string to Vim types
|
||||
|
||||
Jobs: *job-functions*
|
||||
job_start() start a job
|
||||
job_stop() stop a job
|
||||
job_status() get the status of a job
|
||||
job_getchannel() get the channel used by a job
|
||||
job_info() get information about a job
|
||||
job_setoptions() set options for a job
|
||||
|
||||
Timers: *timer-functions*
|
||||
timer_start() create a timer
|
||||
timer_stop() stop a timer
|
||||
|
||||
Various: *various-functions*
|
||||
mode() get current editing mode
|
||||
@@ -924,6 +982,8 @@ Various: *various-functions*
|
||||
|
||||
shiftwidth() effective value of 'shiftwidth'
|
||||
|
||||
wordcount() get byte/word/char count of buffer
|
||||
|
||||
taglist() get list of matching tags
|
||||
tagfiles() get a list of tags files
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -932,7 +992,6 @@ Various: *various-functions*
|
||||
perleval() evaluate Perl expression (|+perl|)
|
||||
py3eval() evaluate Python expression (|+python3|)
|
||||
pyeval() evaluate Python expression (|+python|)
|
||||
wordcount() get byte/word/char count of buffer
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
*41.7* Defining a function
|
||||
@@ -1400,9 +1459,9 @@ Now we can instantiate a Dutch translation object: >
|
||||
And a German translator: >
|
||||
|
||||
:let uk2de = copy(transdict)
|
||||
:let uk2de.words = {'one': 'ein', 'two': 'zwei', 'three': 'drei'}
|
||||
:let uk2de.words = {'one': 'eins', 'two': 'zwei', 'three': 'drei'}
|
||||
:echo uk2de.translate('three one')
|
||||
< drei ein ~
|
||||
< drei eins ~
|
||||
|
||||
You see that the copy() function is used to make a copy of the "transdict"
|
||||
Dictionary and then the copy is changed to add the words. The original
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*usr_toc.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2010 Jul 20
|
||||
*usr_toc.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Mar 25
|
||||
|
||||
VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -104,10 +104,11 @@ Read this from start to end to learn the essential commands.
|
||||
|05.1| The vimrc file
|
||||
|05.2| The example vimrc file explained
|
||||
|05.3| Simple mappings
|
||||
|05.4| Adding a plugin
|
||||
|05.5| Adding a help file
|
||||
|05.6| The option window
|
||||
|05.7| Often used options
|
||||
|05.4| Adding a package
|
||||
|05.5| Adding a plugin
|
||||
|05.6| Adding a help file
|
||||
|05.7| The option window
|
||||
|05.8| Often used options
|
||||
|
||||
|usr_06.txt| Using syntax highlighting
|
||||
|06.1| Switching it on
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*various.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 18
|
||||
*various.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -361,6 +361,7 @@ N *+insert_expand* |insert_expand| Insert mode completion
|
||||
m *+job* starting and stopping jobs |job|
|
||||
N *+jumplist* |jumplist|
|
||||
B *+keymap* |'keymap'|
|
||||
N *+lambda* |lambda| and |closure|
|
||||
B *+langmap* |'langmap'|
|
||||
N *+libcall* |libcall()|
|
||||
N *+linebreak* |'linebreak'|, |'breakat'| and |'showbreak'|
|
||||
@@ -390,7 +391,9 @@ N *+multi_lang* non-English language support |multi-lang|
|
||||
m *+mzscheme* Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|
|
||||
m *+mzscheme/dyn* Mzscheme interface |mzscheme-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
m *+netbeans_intg* |netbeans|
|
||||
*+num64* 64-bit Number support |Number|
|
||||
m *+ole* Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
|
||||
N *+packages* Loading |packages|
|
||||
N *+path_extra* Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
|
||||
m *+perl* Perl interface |perl|
|
||||
m *+perl/dyn* Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
@@ -411,7 +414,6 @@ m *+ruby/dyn* Ruby interface |ruby-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
N *+scrollbind* |'scrollbind'|
|
||||
B *+signs* |:sign|
|
||||
N *+smartindent* |'smartindent'|
|
||||
m *+sniff* SniFF interface |sniff|
|
||||
N *+startuptime* |--startuptime| argument
|
||||
N *+statusline* Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
|
||||
formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
|
||||
@@ -425,8 +427,10 @@ m *+tcl* Tcl interface |tcl|
|
||||
m *+tcl/dyn* Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
|
||||
*+terminfo* uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
|
||||
N *+termresponse* support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
|
||||
B *+termguicolors* 24-bit color in xterm-compatible terminals support
|
||||
N *+textobjects* |text-objects| selection
|
||||
*+tgetent* non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
|
||||
N *+timers* the |timer_start()| function
|
||||
N *+title* Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'
|
||||
N *+toolbar* |gui-toolbar|
|
||||
N *+user_commands* User-defined commands. |user-commands|
|
||||
@@ -467,9 +471,12 @@ N *+X11* Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
|
||||
shown on the screen. When [!] is included, an
|
||||
existing file is overwritten. When [!] is omitted,
|
||||
and {file} exists, this command fails.
|
||||
|
||||
Only one ":redir" can be active at a time. Calls to
|
||||
":redir" will close any active redirection before
|
||||
starting redirection to the new target.
|
||||
starting redirection to the new target. For recursive
|
||||
use check out |execute()|.
|
||||
|
||||
To stop the messages and commands from being echoed to
|
||||
the screen, put the commands in a function and call it
|
||||
with ":silent call Function()".
|
||||
@@ -509,6 +516,8 @@ N *+X11* Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
|
||||
redirection starts, if the variable is removed or
|
||||
locked or the variable type is changed, then further
|
||||
command output messages will cause errors. {not in Vi}
|
||||
To get the output of one command the |execute()|
|
||||
function can be used.
|
||||
|
||||
:redi[r] =>> {var} Append messages to an existing variable. Only string
|
||||
variables can be used. {not in Vi}
|
||||
@@ -605,13 +614,16 @@ K Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
|
||||
directory of Vim. It is called 'ref' and does a
|
||||
simple spelling check.
|
||||
Special cases:
|
||||
- If 'keywordprg' begins with ":" it is invoked as
|
||||
a Vim Ex command with [count].
|
||||
- If 'keywordprg' is empty, the ":help" command is
|
||||
used. It's a good idea to include more characters
|
||||
in 'iskeyword' then, to be able to find more help.
|
||||
- When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man", a count before
|
||||
"K" is inserted after the "man" command and before
|
||||
the keyword. For example, using "2K" while the
|
||||
cursor is on "mkdir", results in: >
|
||||
- When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man" or starts with
|
||||
":", a [count] before "K" is inserted after
|
||||
keywordprg and before the keyword. For example,
|
||||
using "2K" while the cursor is on "mkdir", results
|
||||
in: >
|
||||
!man 2 mkdir
|
||||
< - When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man -s", a count
|
||||
before "K" is inserted after the "-s". If there is
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*version5.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jan 03
|
||||
*version5.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 27
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ Don't add "-L/usr/lib" to the link line, causes problems on a few systems.
|
||||
When compiling, allow a choice for minimal, normal or maximal features in an
|
||||
easy way, by changing a single line in src/feature.h.
|
||||
The DOS16 version has been compiled with minimal features to avoid running
|
||||
out of memory too quickly. |dos16|
|
||||
out of memory too quickly.
|
||||
The Win32, DJGPP, and OS/2 versions use maximal features, because they have
|
||||
enough memory.
|
||||
The Amiga version is available with normal and maximal features.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*version7.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2014 Aug 29
|
||||
*version7.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 17
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ work. Use "LPT1" then.
|
||||
The GTK font dialog uses a font size zero when the font name doesn't include a
|
||||
size. Use a default size of 10.
|
||||
|
||||
This example in the documentation didn't work:
|
||||
This example in the documentation didn't work: >
|
||||
:e `=foo . ".c"`
|
||||
Skip over the expression in `=expr` when looking for comments, |, % and #.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -10158,7 +10158,7 @@ an error. Was caused by patch 7.2.132.
|
||||
Make the references to features in the help more consistent. (Sylvain Hitier)
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
VERSION 7.4 *version-7.4* *version7.4*
|
||||
VERSION 7.4 *version-7.4* *version7.4* *vim-7.4*
|
||||
|
||||
This section is about improvements made between version 7.3 and 7.4.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -18308,4 +18308,5 @@ Solution: Subtract the unsigned numbers and cast to int. (Ken Takata)
|
||||
Files: src/os_win32.c
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
|
||||
|
||||
12504
runtime/doc/version8.txt
Normal file
12504
runtime/doc/version8.txt
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ When N is omitted, open one tab page for each file.
|
||||
\-R
|
||||
Read-only mode.
|
||||
The 'readonly' option will be set.
|
||||
You can still edit the buffer, but will be prevented from accidently
|
||||
You can still edit the buffer, but will be prevented from accidentally
|
||||
overwriting a file.
|
||||
If you do want to overwrite a file, add an exclamation mark to the Ex command,
|
||||
as in ":w!".
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*windows.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Feb 01
|
||||
*windows.txt* For Vim version 7.4. Last change: 2016 Jul 30
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -76,6 +76,16 @@ places where a Normal mode command can't be used or is inconvenient.
|
||||
The main Vim window can hold several split windows. There are also tab pages
|
||||
|tab-page|, each of which can hold multiple windows.
|
||||
|
||||
Each window has a unique identifier called the window ID. This identifier
|
||||
will not change within a Vim session. The |win_getid()| and |win_id2tabwin()|
|
||||
functions can be used to convert between the window/tab number and the
|
||||
identifier. There is also the window number, which may change whenever
|
||||
windows are opened or closed, see |winnr()|.
|
||||
|
||||
Each buffer has a unique number and the number will not change within a Vim
|
||||
session. The |bufnr()| and |bufname()| functions can be used to convert
|
||||
between a buffer name and the buffer number.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
2. Starting Vim *windows-starting*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -245,7 +255,7 @@ window will appear.
|
||||
far left and occupies the full height of the Vim window.
|
||||
Doesn't work for |:execute| and |:normal|.
|
||||
|
||||
*:botright*
|
||||
*:bo* *:botright*
|
||||
:bo[tright] {cmd}
|
||||
Execute {cmd}. If it contains a command that splits a window,
|
||||
it will appear at the bottom and occupy the full width of the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
" Vim script for Evim key bindings
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Mar 29
|
||||
" Last Change: 2016 Jul 24
|
||||
|
||||
" Don't use Vi-compatible mode.
|
||||
set nocompatible
|
||||
@@ -63,4 +63,12 @@ if has("autocmd")
|
||||
|
||||
endif " has("autocmd")
|
||||
|
||||
" Add optional packages.
|
||||
"
|
||||
" The matchit plugin makes the % command work better, but it is not backwards
|
||||
" compatible.
|
||||
if has('syntax') && has('eval')
|
||||
packadd matchit
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" vim: set sw=2 :
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim support file to detect file types
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2015 Dec 03
|
||||
" Last Change: 2016 Jul 21
|
||||
|
||||
" Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
|
||||
if exists("did_load_filetypes")
|
||||
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ augroup filetypedetect
|
||||
|
||||
" Ignored extensions
|
||||
if exists("*fnameescape")
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead ?\+.orig,?\+.bak,?\+.old,?\+.new,?\+.dpkg-dist,?\+.dpkg-old,?\+.dpkg-new,?\+.dpkg-bak,?\+.rpmsave,?\+.rpmnew
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead ?\+.orig,?\+.bak,?\+.old,?\+.new,?\+.dpkg-dist,?\+.dpkg-old,?\+.dpkg-new,?\+.dpkg-bak,?\+.rpmsave,?\+.rpmnew,?\+.pacsave,?\+.pacnew
|
||||
\ exe "doau filetypedetect BufRead " . fnameescape(expand("<afile>:r"))
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *~
|
||||
\ let s:name = expand("<afile>") |
|
||||
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu setf cuda
|
||||
|
||||
" Dockerfile
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead Dockerfile setf dockerfile
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead Dockerfile,*.Dockerfile setf dockerfile
|
||||
|
||||
" WildPackets EtherPeek Decoder
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dcd setf dcd
|
||||
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jgr setf jgraph
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jov,*.j73,*.jovial setf jovial
|
||||
|
||||
" JSON
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp setf json
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp,*.webmanifest setf json
|
||||
|
||||
" Kixtart
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kix setf kix
|
||||
@@ -1621,11 +1621,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/protocols setf protocols
|
||||
" Pyrex
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pyx,*.pxd setf pyrex
|
||||
|
||||
" Python
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.py,*.pyw setf python
|
||||
|
||||
" Python, Python Shell Startup Files
|
||||
" Quixote (Python-based web framework)
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ptl setf python
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.py,*.pyw,.pythonstartup,.pythonrc,*.ptl setf python
|
||||
|
||||
" Radiance
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rad,*.mat setf radiance
|
||||
@@ -1861,11 +1859,19 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead catalog setf catalog
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead sgml.catalog* call s:StarSetf('catalog')
|
||||
|
||||
" Shell scripts (sh, ksh, bash, bash2, csh); Allow .profile_foo etc.
|
||||
" Gentoo ebuilds are actually bash scripts
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile*,.bash[_-]logout*,.bash[_-]aliases*,*.bash,*/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*},*.ebuild,*.eclass call SetFileTypeSH("bash")
|
||||
" Gentoo ebuilds and Arch Linux PKGBUILDs are actually bash scripts
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile*,.bash[_-]logout*,.bash[_-]aliases*,*.bash,*/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*},*.ebuild,*.eclass,PKGBUILD* call SetFileTypeSH("bash")
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc*,*.ksh call SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/profile,.profile*,*.sh,*.env call SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
|
||||
|
||||
" Shell script (Arch Linux) or PHP file (Drupal)
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead *.install
|
||||
\ if getline(1) =~ '<?php' |
|
||||
\ setf php |
|
||||
\ else |
|
||||
\ call SetFileTypeSH("bash") |
|
||||
\ endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Also called from scripts.vim.
|
||||
func! SetFileTypeSH(name)
|
||||
if expand("<amatch>") =~ g:ft_ignore_pat
|
||||
@@ -2637,6 +2643,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead [rR]akefile* call s:StarSetf('ruby')
|
||||
" Mail (also matches muttrc.vim, so this is below the other checks)
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead mutt[[:alnum:]._-]\\\{6\} setf mail
|
||||
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead reportbug-* call s:StarSetf('mail')
|
||||
|
||||
" Modconf
|
||||
au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modutils/*
|
||||
\ if executable(expand("<afile>")) != 1
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: C
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2012 Jul 10
|
||||
" Last Change: 2016 Jun 12
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ endif
|
||||
" When the matchit plugin is loaded, this makes the % command skip parens and
|
||||
" braces in comments.
|
||||
let b:match_words = &matchpairs . ',^\s*#\s*if\(\|def\|ndef\)\>:^\s*#\s*elif\>:^\s*#\s*else\>:^\s*#\s*endif\>'
|
||||
let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character'
|
||||
let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character\|special'
|
||||
|
||||
" Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
|
||||
if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: Clojure
|
||||
" Author: Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
|
||||
" Language: Clojure
|
||||
" Author: Meikel Brandmeyer <mb@kotka.de>
|
||||
"
|
||||
" Maintainer: Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
|
||||
" URL: https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
|
||||
" License: Same as Vim
|
||||
" Last Change: 27 March 2014
|
||||
" Maintainer: Sung Pae <self@sungpae.com>
|
||||
" URL: https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static
|
||||
" License: Same as Vim
|
||||
" Last Change: 18 July 2016
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ setlocal commentstring=;\ %s
|
||||
" specially and hence are not indented specially.
|
||||
"
|
||||
" -*- LISPWORDS -*-
|
||||
" Generated from https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static/blob/vim-release-010/clj/src/vim_clojure_static/generate.clj
|
||||
" Generated from https://github.com/guns/vim-clojure-static/blob/vim-release-011/clj/src/vim_clojure_static/generate.clj
|
||||
setlocal lispwords=as->,binding,bound-fn,case,catch,cond->,cond->>,condp,def,definline,definterface,defmacro,defmethod,defmulti,defn,defn-,defonce,defprotocol,defrecord,defstruct,deftest,deftest-,deftype,doseq,dotimes,doto,extend,extend-protocol,extend-type,fn,for,if,if-let,if-not,if-some,let,letfn,locking,loop,ns,proxy,reify,set-test,testing,when,when-first,when-let,when-not,when-some,while,with-bindings,with-in-str,with-local-vars,with-open,with-precision,with-redefs,with-redefs-fn,with-test
|
||||
|
||||
" Provide insert mode completions for special forms and clojure.core. As
|
||||
@@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ endif
|
||||
" Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
|
||||
if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
|
||||
let b:browsefilter = "Clojure Source Files (*.clj)\t*.clj\n" .
|
||||
\ "ClojureScript Source Files (*.cljs)\t*.cljs\n" .
|
||||
\ "Java Source Files (*.java)\t*.java\n" .
|
||||
\ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
|
||||
\ "ClojureScript Source Files (*.cljs)\t*.cljs\n" .
|
||||
\ "Java Source Files (*.java)\t*.java\n" .
|
||||
\ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:browsefilter'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
19
runtime/ftplugin/groovy.vim
Normal file
19
runtime/ftplugin/groovy.vim
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: groovy
|
||||
" Maintainer: Justin M. Keyes <justinkz@gmail.com>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2016 May 22
|
||||
|
||||
if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cpo_save = &cpo
|
||||
set cpo-=C
|
||||
|
||||
let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal commentstring<'
|
||||
|
||||
setlocal commentstring=//%s
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo = s:cpo_save
|
||||
unlet s:cpo_save
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: man
|
||||
" Maintainer: SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2016 Feb 04
|
||||
" Last Change: 2016 Jun 20
|
||||
|
||||
" To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
|
||||
" this script from your startup vimrc file.
|
||||
@@ -150,7 +150,17 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if &filetype != "man"
|
||||
new
|
||||
if exists("g:ft_man_open_mode")
|
||||
if g:ft_man_open_mode == "vert"
|
||||
vnew
|
||||
elseif g:ft_man_open_mode == "tab"
|
||||
tabnew
|
||||
else
|
||||
new
|
||||
endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
new
|
||||
endif
|
||||
setl nonu fdc=0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -160,10 +170,15 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
|
||||
|
||||
setl ma nonu nornu nofen
|
||||
silent exec "norm 1GdG"
|
||||
let unsetwidth = 0
|
||||
if empty($MANWIDTH)
|
||||
let $MANWIDTH = winwidth(0)
|
||||
let unsetwidth = 1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
silent exec "r!/usr/bin/man ".s:GetCmdArg(sect, page)." | col -b"
|
||||
if unsetwidth
|
||||
let $MANWIDTH = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
|
||||
while getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
|
||||
silent keepj norm ggdd
|
||||
@@ -175,6 +190,7 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
|
||||
setl ft=man nomod
|
||||
setl bufhidden=hide
|
||||
setl nobuflisted
|
||||
setl noma
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
func <SID>PopPage()
|
||||
@@ -195,4 +211,4 @@ endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" vim: set sw=2:
|
||||
" vim: set sw=2 ts=8 noet:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: python
|
||||
" Maintainer: Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2014 Feb 09
|
||||
" Last Change By Johannes: Wed, 21 Apr 2004 13:13:08 CEST
|
||||
" Maintainer: James Sully <sullyj3@gmail.com>
|
||||
" Previous Maintainer: Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: Wed, 29 June 2016
|
||||
" https://github.com/sullyj3/vim-ftplugin-python
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
|
||||
let b:did_ftplugin = 1
|
||||
@@ -21,28 +22,38 @@ setlocal omnifunc=pythoncomplete#Complete
|
||||
|
||||
set wildignore+=*.pyc
|
||||
|
||||
nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('/^\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
|
||||
nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('?^\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
|
||||
nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('/^\s*\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
|
||||
nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('?^\s*\(class\\|def\)')<cr>
|
||||
nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '\v%$\|^(class\|def)>', 'W')<cr>
|
||||
nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '\v^(class\|def)>', 'Wb')<cr>
|
||||
nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '\v%$\|^\s*(class\|def)>', 'W')<cr>
|
||||
nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '\v^\s*(class\|def)>', 'Wb')<cr>
|
||||
|
||||
xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '\v%$\|^(class\|def)>', 'W')<cr>
|
||||
xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '\v^(class\|def)>', 'Wb')<cr>
|
||||
xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '\v%$\|^\s*(class\|def)>', 'W')<cr>
|
||||
xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '\v^\s*(class\|def)>', 'Wb')<cr>
|
||||
|
||||
if !exists('*<SID>Python_jump')
|
||||
fun! <SID>Python_jump(motion) range
|
||||
fun! <SID>Python_jump(mode, motion, flags) range
|
||||
if a:mode == 'x'
|
||||
normal! gv
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
normal! 0
|
||||
|
||||
let cnt = v:count1
|
||||
let save = @/ " save last search pattern
|
||||
mark '
|
||||
while cnt > 0
|
||||
silent! exe a:motion
|
||||
let cnt = cnt - 1
|
||||
call search(a:motion, a:flags)
|
||||
let cnt = cnt - 1
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
call histdel('/', -1)
|
||||
let @/ = save " restore last search pattern
|
||||
|
||||
normal! ^
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if has("browsefilter") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
|
||||
let b:browsefilter = "Python Files (*.py)\t*.py\n" .
|
||||
\ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
|
||||
\ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" As suggested by PEP8.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: R
|
||||
" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
|
||||
" Last Change: Sun Feb 23, 2014 04:07PM
|
||||
" Homepage: https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
|
||||
" Last Change: Tue Apr 07, 2015 04:38PM
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
|
||||
" Vim filetype plugin file
|
||||
" Language: R help file
|
||||
" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
|
||||
" Last Change: Wed Jul 09, 2014 06:23PM
|
||||
" Homepage: https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
|
||||
" Last Change: Tue Apr 07, 2015 04:37PM
|
||||
|
||||
" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
|
||||
if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user